1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17843 45625))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17843 45609))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17844 62922))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17843 45615))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17843 45609))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
800 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
801 BULLET when generating ITEMs varies in a cycle with the DEPTH of
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
817 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
819 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17843 45624))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
833 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
835 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
844 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17843 45625))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
855 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
865 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
871 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17843 45609))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
883 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17838 18033))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
909 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
934 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
943 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
944 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
945 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17843 45615))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
948 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
949 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
950 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
951 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
953 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
955 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
956 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
958 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
960 (defvar appt-audible t "\
961 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
963 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
965 (defvar appt-visible t "\
966 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
967 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
969 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
971 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
972 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
973 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
975 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
977 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
978 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
979 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
981 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
983 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
984 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
985 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
987 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
989 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
990 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
991 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
993 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
995 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
996 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
997 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
999 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1001 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1002 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1006 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1007 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1008 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1009 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1010 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1011 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1012 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1014 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1017 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1018 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1022 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1023 Toggle checking of appointments.
1024 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1025 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1031 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1032 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1033 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17843 45609))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1036 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1037 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1038 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1039 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1041 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1042 kind of objects to search.
1044 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1046 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1047 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1048 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1049 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1050 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1051 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1058 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1060 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1061 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1062 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1063 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1064 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1065 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1067 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1068 noninteractive functions.
1070 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1071 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1073 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1074 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1078 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1079 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1081 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1083 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1084 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1085 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1086 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1088 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1089 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1090 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1091 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1094 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1096 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1100 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1101 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1108 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1109 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1111 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1114 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1115 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1116 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1117 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1118 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1120 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1121 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1123 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1125 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1129 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17843
1131 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1133 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1134 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1135 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1136 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1137 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1138 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1140 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1141 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1144 \\{archive-mode-map}
1146 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1150 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17843 45609))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1153 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1154 Major mode for editing arrays.
1156 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1157 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1158 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1160 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1162 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1163 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1164 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1166 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1167 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1168 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1169 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1172 Variables you assign:
1173 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1174 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1175 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1176 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1177 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1178 row numbers in the buffer.
1180 Variables which are calculated:
1181 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1182 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1184 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1185 take a numeric prefix argument):
1187 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1188 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1189 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1190 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1192 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1193 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1194 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1195 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1202 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1203 between that of point and mark.
1205 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1206 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1208 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1209 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1210 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1211 newlines inside rows)
1213 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1215 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1221 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17843
1223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1225 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1226 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1227 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1228 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1230 How to quit artist mode
1232 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1235 How to submit a bug report
1237 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1240 Drawing with the mouse:
1243 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1244 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1251 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1252 --------------------------------------------------------------
1253 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1269 --------------------------------------------------------------
1270 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1285 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1286 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1287 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1288 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1291 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1292 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1293 overwrite means the opposite.
1295 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1296 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1297 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1299 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1301 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1302 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1304 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1305 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1306 are currently drawing something.
1308 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1313 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1318 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1320 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1322 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1324 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1326 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1327 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1329 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1334 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1335 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1336 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1337 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1338 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1339 When pasting: Pastes
1341 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1343 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1345 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1346 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1347 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1348 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1349 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1350 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1355 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1356 of the line/poly-line
1358 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1359 of the line/poly-line
1364 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1366 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1369 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1370 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1373 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1385 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1390 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1391 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1393 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1394 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1395 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1396 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1397 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1398 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1399 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1400 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1401 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1402 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1403 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1406 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1407 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1408 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1409 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1410 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1411 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1415 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1416 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1423 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17843
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1431 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1432 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1433 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1435 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1440 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1441 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1443 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1444 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1446 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1456 ;;;;;; (17075 55468))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1459 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1462 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1464 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1465 This command is obsolete.
1471 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1472 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
1473 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1475 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1476 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1477 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1479 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1481 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1482 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1483 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1484 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1485 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1486 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1487 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1488 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1489 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1490 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1493 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1494 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1495 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1496 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1497 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1499 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1503 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1505 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1508 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1510 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1512 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1513 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1514 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1515 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1516 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1517 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1519 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1525 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1526 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
1527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1529 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1530 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1536 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1537 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17843 45609))
1538 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1540 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1541 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1542 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1546 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1547 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1548 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1549 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1551 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1553 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1554 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1555 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1558 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1560 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1562 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1563 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1564 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1565 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1567 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1568 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1574 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1575 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1576 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1579 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1580 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1581 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1582 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1583 save the buffer too.
1585 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1587 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1589 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1590 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1591 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1592 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1593 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1594 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1596 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1597 directory or directories specified.
1599 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1601 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1602 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1603 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1609 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1610 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1611 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17843 45609))
1612 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1614 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1615 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1617 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1618 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1619 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1620 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1621 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1625 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1626 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1628 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1629 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1633 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1634 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1635 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1637 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1638 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1639 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1640 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1641 reflected in the current buffer.
1643 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1644 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1645 writing before you save the file!
1647 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1651 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1652 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1654 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1655 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1659 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1660 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1661 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1663 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1664 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1666 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1668 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1669 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1671 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1672 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1673 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1680 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17843 45609))
1681 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1683 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1684 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1685 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1687 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1689 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1691 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1692 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1693 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1694 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1696 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1697 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1698 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1700 Effects of the different modes:
1701 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1702 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1703 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1704 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1705 a random distance & direction.
1706 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1707 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1708 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1710 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1712 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1713 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1714 definition of \"random distance\".)
1716 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1720 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1721 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
1722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1724 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1725 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1727 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1728 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1732 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1733 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1734 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1735 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1737 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1739 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1741 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1745 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1746 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1748 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1750 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1751 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1752 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1753 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1757 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1758 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1759 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1760 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1761 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1762 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1764 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1766 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1767 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1768 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1769 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1770 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1777 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1778 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17843 45615))
1779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1781 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1782 Time execution of FORMS.
1783 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1784 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1786 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1787 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1788 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1790 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1792 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1793 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1794 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1795 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1796 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1798 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1800 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1801 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1802 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1803 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1804 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1806 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1810 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17843
1812 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1814 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1815 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1817 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1819 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1820 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1821 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1822 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1824 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1825 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1826 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1827 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1828 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1830 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1831 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1834 Special information:
1836 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1838 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1839 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1840 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1841 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1842 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1843 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1844 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1845 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1846 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1847 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1848 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1850 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1851 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1852 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1853 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1854 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1855 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1856 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1857 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1859 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1861 ----------------------------------------------------------
1862 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1863 if that value is non-nil.
1871 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1872 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1873 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
1874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1876 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1878 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1879 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1880 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1882 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1884 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1885 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1887 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1889 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1890 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1892 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1896 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17843
1898 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1900 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1902 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1906 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1907 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1908 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1909 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1910 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1915 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1916 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1919 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1922 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1923 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1925 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1926 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1928 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1929 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1930 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1931 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1932 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1933 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1937 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1939 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1940 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1941 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1942 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1944 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1945 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1946 denoted by the letter `R'.
1948 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1949 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1950 denoted by the letter `H'.
1952 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1955 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1956 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1957 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1958 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1959 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1960 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1963 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1964 degree deflection it causes.
1967 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1968 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1969 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1970 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1971 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1974 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1977 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1978 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1981 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1982 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1983 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1984 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1986 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1987 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1991 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1992 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1993 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1994 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1995 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1996 emerging from the box.
1998 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2001 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2002 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2003 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2004 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2005 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2006 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2007 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2009 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2016 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2017 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2018 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2019 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17843 45609))
2020 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2021 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2022 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2023 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2025 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2026 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2027 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2028 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2029 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2030 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2031 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2032 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2033 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2034 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2035 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2036 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2037 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2038 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2039 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2040 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2042 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2043 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2045 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2046 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2047 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2048 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2049 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2050 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2051 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2052 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2055 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2056 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2057 yank successive words.
2059 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2060 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2061 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2062 name of the file being visited.
2064 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2065 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2066 the list of bookmarks.)
2068 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2070 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2071 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2072 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2073 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2074 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2077 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2078 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2079 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2080 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2082 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2084 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2085 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2086 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2087 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2088 after a bookmark was set in it.
2090 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2092 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2093 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2094 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2095 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2097 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2099 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2101 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2102 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2103 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2104 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2106 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2107 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2108 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2110 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2111 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2114 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2116 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2117 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2118 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2119 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2120 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2123 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2125 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2126 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2127 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2128 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2129 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2130 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2131 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2132 probably because we were called from there.
2134 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2136 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2137 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2138 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2142 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2143 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2144 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2145 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2148 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2149 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2150 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2151 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2152 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2154 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2155 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2156 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2157 `bookmark-default-file'.
2159 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2161 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2162 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2163 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2164 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2165 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2168 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2169 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2170 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2171 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2172 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2175 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2176 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2177 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2178 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2180 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2182 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2183 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2184 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2185 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2186 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2190 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2192 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2194 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2196 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2200 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2201 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2202 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2203 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2204 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2205 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2206 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2207 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2208 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2209 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17843 45624))
2210 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2212 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2213 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2214 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2215 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2217 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2218 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2219 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2220 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2221 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2223 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2225 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2226 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2228 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2230 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2231 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2233 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2235 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2240 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2241 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2242 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2243 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2244 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2245 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2247 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2249 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2250 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2251 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2252 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2255 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2257 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2258 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2262 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2263 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2265 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2267 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2268 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2269 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2270 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2272 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2274 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2275 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2276 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2277 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2281 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2282 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2283 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2284 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2285 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2290 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2291 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2292 Default to the URL around or before point.
2294 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2295 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2296 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2297 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2299 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2300 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2303 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2304 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2306 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2308 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2309 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2310 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2311 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2313 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2314 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2315 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2316 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2318 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2319 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2320 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2322 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2323 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2325 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2327 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2328 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2330 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2332 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2333 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2334 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2335 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2337 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2338 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2339 new tab in an existing window instead.
2341 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2342 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2344 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2346 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2348 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2349 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2352 When called interactively, if variable
2353 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2354 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2355 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2356 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2358 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2359 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2360 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2362 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2363 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2365 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2366 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2367 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2368 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2369 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2370 URL in a new window.
2372 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2374 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2375 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2376 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2377 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2379 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2380 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2381 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2382 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2384 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2385 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2386 new tab in an existing window instead.
2388 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2389 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2393 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2400 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2401 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2408 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2409 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2411 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2412 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2413 program is invoked according to the variable
2414 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2416 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2417 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2418 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2419 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2422 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2426 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2427 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2428 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2429 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point.
2437 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2438 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2439 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2441 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2442 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2443 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2444 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2447 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2451 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2452 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2453 Default to the URL around or before point.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point.
2461 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2462 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2463 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2465 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2466 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2472 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2473 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2475 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2477 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2478 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2479 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2480 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2481 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2487 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2488 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2490 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2491 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2492 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2493 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2495 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2496 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2500 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2501 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2502 Default to the URL around or before point.
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2506 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2507 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2508 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2509 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2510 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2513 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2514 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2515 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2516 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2519 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2523 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2524 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2525 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2526 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2527 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2528 don't offer a form of remote control.
2530 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2532 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2533 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2534 Default to the URL around or before point.
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2540 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17843
2542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2544 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2545 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2549 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2550 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2556 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2557 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17843 45609))
2558 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2560 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2561 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2562 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2563 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2567 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2568 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2569 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2570 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2574 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2575 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2579 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2580 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2582 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2583 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2584 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2585 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2587 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2588 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2589 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2590 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2591 name of buffer configuration.
2597 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2598 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17843
2600 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2602 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2603 Keymap used by buttons.")
2605 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2606 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2607 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2609 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2610 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2611 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2612 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2613 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2614 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2616 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2617 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2618 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2619 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2621 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2623 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2624 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2625 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2626 specifying properties to add to the button.
2627 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2628 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2629 `define-button-type'.
2631 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2633 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2635 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2636 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2637 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2638 specifying properties to add to the button.
2639 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2640 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2641 `define-button-type'.
2643 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2645 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2647 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2648 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2649 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2650 specifying properties to add to the button.
2651 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2652 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2653 `define-button-type'.
2655 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2656 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2657 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2660 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2662 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2664 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2665 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2666 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2667 specifying properties to add to the button.
2668 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2669 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2670 `define-button-type'.
2672 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2673 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2674 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2675 `insert-text-button'.
2677 Also see `make-text-button'.
2679 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2683 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2684 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2685 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2686 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2687 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17843 45615))
2688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2689 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2690 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2692 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2697 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2698 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2699 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2701 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2703 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2704 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2705 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2706 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2708 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2709 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2710 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2711 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2712 whether to compile it.
2714 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2716 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2717 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2719 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2720 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2723 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2724 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2725 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2726 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2728 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2730 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2731 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2732 Print the result in the echo area.
2733 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2737 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2738 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2739 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2741 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2743 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2744 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2745 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2746 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2747 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2748 all functions called by those functions.
2750 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2751 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2754 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2755 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2756 invoked interactively.
2758 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2760 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2761 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2762 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2763 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2767 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2768 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2769 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2770 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2771 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2772 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2773 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2776 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2778 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2779 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2780 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2781 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2783 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2784 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2785 and corresponding effects.
2787 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17843 45615))
2792 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2794 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2796 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2800 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2801 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
2802 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2804 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2805 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2806 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2807 from the cursor position.
2809 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2813 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2814 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2815 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2816 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
2817 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2819 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2820 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2822 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2823 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2825 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2826 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2830 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2831 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2833 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2835 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2836 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2838 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2840 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2841 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2845 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2846 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2847 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2848 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2850 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2852 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2853 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2854 This is most useful in the X window system.
2855 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2856 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2858 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2860 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2861 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2862 See calc-keypad for details.
2864 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2866 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2867 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2869 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2871 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2872 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2874 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2876 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2877 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2879 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2881 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2882 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2883 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2885 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2887 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2890 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2894 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17843
2896 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2898 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2899 Run the Emacs calculator.
2900 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2906 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2907 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2908 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2909 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2910 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2911 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2912 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2913 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2914 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2915 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2916 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2917 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2918 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2919 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2920 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2921 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2922 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2923 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17843 45615))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2926 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2927 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2928 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2929 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2932 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2934 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2935 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2936 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2937 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2938 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2939 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2941 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2943 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2944 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2945 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2947 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2949 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2950 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2951 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2953 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2955 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2956 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2957 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2960 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2962 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2963 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2964 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2966 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2968 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2969 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2970 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2972 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2974 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2976 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2977 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2978 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2980 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2983 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2985 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2986 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2987 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2989 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2992 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2994 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2995 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2996 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2998 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3001 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3003 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3004 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3005 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3007 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
3009 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3010 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3011 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3012 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3013 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3015 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3017 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3018 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3019 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3020 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3021 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3022 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3023 a function is also provided for this:
3024 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3026 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3027 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3028 date is not visible in the window.
3030 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3031 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3032 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3034 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3036 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3037 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3039 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3040 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3041 date is visible in the window.
3043 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3044 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3045 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3047 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3049 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3050 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3054 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3056 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3058 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3060 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3061 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3063 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3064 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3072 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3073 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3074 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3075 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3076 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3077 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3078 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3079 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3080 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3081 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3082 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3083 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3086 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3087 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3088 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3089 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3097 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3098 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3100 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3101 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3102 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3103 window but will appear in a diary window.
3105 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3106 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3108 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3109 entries (in the default American style):
3111 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3112 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3113 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3115 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3116 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3117 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3118 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3119 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3120 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3121 &* 15 time cards due.
3123 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3124 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3125 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3129 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3130 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3131 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3132 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3133 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3134 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3136 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3137 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3138 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3140 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3142 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3144 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3145 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3146 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3147 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3148 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3149 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3150 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3151 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3152 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3153 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3156 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3157 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3158 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3159 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3160 documentation for these functions for details.
3162 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3163 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3165 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3167 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3168 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3170 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3172 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3173 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3175 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3177 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3178 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3180 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3182 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3183 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3185 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3187 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3188 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3189 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3191 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3193 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3194 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3195 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3197 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3199 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3200 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3201 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3202 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3205 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3207 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3208 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3209 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3210 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3219 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3220 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3221 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3223 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3224 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3225 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3226 `american-calendar'.")
3228 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3230 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3231 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3232 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3234 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3236 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3237 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3238 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3240 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3242 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3243 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3244 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3246 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3248 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3249 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3250 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3252 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3254 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3255 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3256 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3257 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3258 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3259 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3261 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3263 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3264 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3265 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3267 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3268 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3269 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3272 #include \"filename\"
3274 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3275 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3276 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3277 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3278 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3280 For example, you could use
3282 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3283 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3284 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3286 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3287 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3288 lexicographic order.")
3290 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3292 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3293 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3294 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3296 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3298 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3299 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3300 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3303 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3304 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3305 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3306 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3307 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3308 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3309 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3311 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3312 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3313 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3314 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3315 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3316 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3317 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3318 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3320 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3322 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3323 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3324 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3325 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3326 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3327 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3328 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3330 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3332 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3333 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3335 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3336 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3337 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3339 #include \"filename\"
3340 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3341 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3342 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3343 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3344 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3346 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3348 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3349 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3350 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3351 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3352 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3353 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3354 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3356 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3358 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3359 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3360 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3363 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3365 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3366 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3367 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3368 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3369 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3371 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3373 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3375 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3376 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3377 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3379 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3381 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3383 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3385 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3387 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3389 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3391 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3393 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3395 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3397 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3399 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3400 User defined holidays.
3401 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3403 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3405 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3407 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3409 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3411 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3413 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3415 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3417 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3419 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3421 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3423 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3425 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3427 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3429 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3431 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3433 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3435 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3437 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3439 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3441 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3443 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3445 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3447 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3449 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3451 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3453 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3455 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3456 Sun-related holidays.
3457 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3459 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3461 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3463 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3464 The frame setup of the calendar.
3465 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3466 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3467 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3468 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3469 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3471 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3473 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3474 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3475 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3477 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3478 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3482 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3483 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3484 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3486 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3487 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3488 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3489 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3491 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3495 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3496 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17843 45616))
3497 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3499 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3500 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3502 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3504 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3505 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3506 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3509 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17843
3515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3516 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3520 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3521 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
3522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3524 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3525 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3531 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3532 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3533 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3536 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3537 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3538 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3539 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3540 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3541 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3542 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3544 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3546 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3547 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3548 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3549 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3550 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3551 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3552 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3553 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3555 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3556 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3557 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3558 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3559 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3560 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3562 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3564 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3565 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3572 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3573 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3575 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3576 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3577 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3578 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3579 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3580 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3583 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3585 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3586 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3593 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3594 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3595 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3597 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3598 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3599 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3600 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3601 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3602 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3605 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3607 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3608 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3615 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3616 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3617 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3619 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3620 Major mode for editing Java code.
3621 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3622 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3623 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3624 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3627 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3629 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3630 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3637 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3638 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3639 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3641 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3642 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3643 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3644 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3645 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3646 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3649 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3651 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3652 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3659 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3660 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3661 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3662 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3664 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3665 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3666 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3667 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3668 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3669 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3672 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3674 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3675 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3681 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3682 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3683 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3684 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3685 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3686 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3690 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3691 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17843 45627))
3692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3694 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3695 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3696 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3697 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3699 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3701 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3702 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3705 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3706 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3707 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3708 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3711 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3712 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3713 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3714 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3717 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3719 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3720 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3721 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3722 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3724 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3726 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3727 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3728 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3730 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3732 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3733 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3734 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3735 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3736 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3738 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17843
3744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3745 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17843 45627))
3750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3751 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3752 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3753 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3757 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3758 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3759 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
3760 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3762 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3763 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3765 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3767 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3768 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3770 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3772 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3773 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3775 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3776 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3777 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3778 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3781 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3783 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3785 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3786 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3788 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3789 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3793 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3794 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3795 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3796 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3797 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3800 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3801 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3802 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3803 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3805 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3806 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3809 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3811 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3813 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3816 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3817 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3819 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3820 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3821 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3824 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3826 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3827 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3828 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3830 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3832 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3834 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3835 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3837 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3841 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3843 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3845 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3846 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3849 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3850 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3853 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3855 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3856 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3857 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3858 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3859 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3860 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3861 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3862 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3863 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3864 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3865 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3866 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3867 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3868 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3869 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3870 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3873 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3874 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3876 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3877 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3879 | (write EXPRESSION)
3880 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3881 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3884 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3887 ;; Same as: (write string)
3889 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3890 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3891 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3894 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3895 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3896 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3897 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3898 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3899 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3901 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3902 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3904 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3907 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3908 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3909 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3911 ARG := REG | integer
3914 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3917 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3920 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3923 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3924 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3927 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3928 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3929 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3932 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3933 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3934 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3937 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3938 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3940 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3941 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3942 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3945 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3946 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3949 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3950 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3952 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3955 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3959 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3960 ;; Same meaning as C code
3961 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3963 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3968 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3969 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3972 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3973 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3977 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3981 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3982 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3983 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3985 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3986 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3987 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3989 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3990 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3991 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3992 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3993 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3996 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3998 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3999 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4000 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4001 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4002 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4003 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4005 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4007 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
4008 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4009 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4011 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4013 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4018 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
4019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4021 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4022 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4023 There are no special keybindings by default.
4025 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4026 to the action header.
4032 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4033 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4034 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4035 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4036 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4037 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4038 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4039 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4040 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
4041 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4043 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4044 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4045 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4046 the users will view as each check is completed.
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4052 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4053 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4054 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4055 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4056 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4057 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4059 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4061 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4062 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4063 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4064 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4065 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4066 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4067 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4068 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4070 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4072 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4073 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4074 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4075 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4076 spacing are all verified.
4080 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4081 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4082 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4083 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4084 otherwise stop after the first error.
4086 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4088 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4089 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4090 Only documentation strings are checked.
4091 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4092 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4095 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4097 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4098 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4100 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4101 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4103 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4105 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4106 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4107 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4108 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4111 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4113 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4114 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4115 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4116 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4118 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4120 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4122 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4123 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4124 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4126 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4128 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4129 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4130 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4131 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4132 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4136 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4137 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4138 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4139 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4140 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4141 space at the end of each line.
4143 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4145 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4146 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4147 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4148 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4150 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4152 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4153 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4154 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4155 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4157 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4159 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4160 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4161 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4162 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4164 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4166 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4167 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4168 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4169 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4171 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4173 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4174 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4175 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4176 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4178 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4180 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4181 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4182 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4183 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4185 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4187 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4188 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4189 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4190 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4192 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4194 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4195 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4196 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4197 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4199 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4201 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4202 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4203 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4204 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4206 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4208 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4209 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4210 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4212 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4213 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4214 checking of documentation strings.
4216 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4222 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4223 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17843
4225 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4227 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4228 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4229 Return the length of resulting text.
4231 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4233 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4234 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4238 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4239 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4240 Return the length of resulting text.
4242 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4244 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4245 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4251 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4252 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17843 45609))
4253 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4255 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4256 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4257 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4258 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4259 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4260 editing and the result is evaluated.
4262 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4264 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4265 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4266 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4267 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4268 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4270 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4274 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4275 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4276 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4277 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4278 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4280 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4281 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4282 \\{command-history-map}
4284 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4285 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17843 45615))
4292 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4294 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4295 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4296 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4297 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4298 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4299 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4301 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4302 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4306 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4307 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
4308 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4310 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4313 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4317 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4318 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
4319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4321 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4322 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4323 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4324 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4326 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4327 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4328 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4329 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4331 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4332 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4334 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4338 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17843
4340 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4342 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4343 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4344 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4345 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4346 of `scheme-program-name').
4347 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4348 it is given as initial input.
4349 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4350 discards input when it starts up.
4351 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4353 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4356 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4360 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4361 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4362 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17843 45618))
4363 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4365 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4366 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4367 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4370 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4371 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4372 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4373 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4375 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4377 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4378 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4379 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4381 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4383 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4384 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4385 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4387 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4389 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4390 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4391 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4393 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4395 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4396 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4398 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4399 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4400 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4402 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4403 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4407 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4408 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4410 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4411 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4412 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4414 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4418 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4419 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4420 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4421 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
4422 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4424 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4425 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4426 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4427 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4428 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4429 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4430 functions have already modified the buffer.
4432 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4434 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4435 either globally or locally.")
4437 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4439 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4440 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4441 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4442 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4443 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4444 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4445 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4446 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4448 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4450 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4452 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4453 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4454 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4455 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4456 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4457 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4458 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4459 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4461 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4463 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4465 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4466 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4467 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4468 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4469 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4470 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4472 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4474 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4475 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4476 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4477 directory tracking functions.")
4479 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4480 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4481 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4483 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4485 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4487 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4488 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4489 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4491 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4493 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4495 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4496 Send COMMAND to current process.
4497 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4498 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4500 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4502 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4503 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4504 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4505 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4507 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4511 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17843
4513 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4515 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4516 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4517 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4518 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4520 This command pushes the mark in each window
4521 at the prior location of point in that window.
4522 If both windows display the same buffer,
4523 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4524 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4526 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4527 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4528 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4529 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4530 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4531 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4532 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4535 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4536 this command work in interlaced mode:
4537 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4538 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4539 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4541 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4545 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4546 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4547 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4548 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4549 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17843 45627))
4550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4552 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4553 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4555 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4557 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4558 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4560 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4562 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4563 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4564 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4565 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4566 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4567 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4568 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4570 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4571 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4572 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4573 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4574 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4576 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4577 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4578 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4579 describing how the process finished.")
4581 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4582 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4583 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4584 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4586 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4587 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4588 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4590 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4592 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4593 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4594 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4595 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4597 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4599 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4600 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4602 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4603 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4605 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4607 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4608 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4609 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4610 (concat \"make -k \"
4611 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4613 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4614 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4616 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4617 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4618 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4619 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4621 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4623 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4624 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4625 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4626 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4628 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4629 and move to the source code that caused it.
4631 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4632 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4634 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4635 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4636 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4637 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4639 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4640 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4641 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4642 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4645 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4646 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4647 to a function that generates a unique name.
4649 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4651 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4652 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4653 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4654 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4656 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4657 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4658 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4659 to determine the buffer name.
4661 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4662 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4663 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4665 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4667 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4669 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4670 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4671 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4672 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4673 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4675 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4677 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4679 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4681 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4682 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4683 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4684 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4685 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4686 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4687 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4691 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4692 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4693 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4694 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4695 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4696 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4700 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4701 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4702 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4704 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4706 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4710 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4711 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
4712 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4714 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4715 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4716 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4719 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4721 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4723 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4724 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4725 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4727 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4728 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4729 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4730 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4732 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4733 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4734 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4735 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4737 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4738 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4739 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4740 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4742 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4743 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4744 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4745 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4746 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4752 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4753 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
4754 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4756 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4757 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4758 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4760 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4761 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4763 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4765 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4766 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4772 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4773 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4774 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4775 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17843 45609))
4776 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4778 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4779 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4780 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4781 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4784 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4786 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4787 | | 1:tc or top-center
4788 | | 2:tr or top-right
4789 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4790 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4791 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4792 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4793 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4794 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4796 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4797 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4798 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4799 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4802 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4803 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4804 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4806 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4810 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4814 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4817 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4818 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4819 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4820 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4822 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4824 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4825 Compose characters in the current region.
4827 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4828 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4830 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4832 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4833 specifying the region.
4835 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4836 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4837 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4839 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4840 of the text in the region.
4842 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4844 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4845 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4846 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4847 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4849 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4850 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4853 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4854 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4855 text in the composition.
4857 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4859 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4860 Decompose text in the current region.
4862 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4863 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4865 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4867 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4868 Compose characters in string STRING.
4870 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4871 the characters in it.
4873 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4874 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4875 STRING respectively.
4877 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4878 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4879 `compose-region' for more detail.
4881 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4882 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4883 text in the composition.
4885 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4887 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4888 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4890 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4892 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4893 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4894 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4895 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4896 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4897 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4898 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4899 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4901 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4903 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4904 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4906 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4907 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4909 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4910 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4912 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4913 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4915 If no composition is found, return nil.
4917 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4918 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4920 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4921 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4922 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4924 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4926 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4928 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4929 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4930 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4932 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4934 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4936 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4938 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4939 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4941 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4942 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4943 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4944 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4945 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4946 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4947 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4950 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4952 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4953 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4955 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4957 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4958 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4960 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4962 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4964 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4965 Compose last characters.
4966 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4967 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4968 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4969 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4970 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4971 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4972 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4973 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4974 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4975 after a sequence of character events.
4978 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4980 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4981 Convert CHAR to string.
4983 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4984 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4985 vector of CHAR respectively.
4986 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4988 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4990 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4994 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4995 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4996 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4997 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
4998 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5000 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5001 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5002 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5003 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5004 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5005 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5006 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5008 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5009 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5010 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5012 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5013 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5014 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5016 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5017 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5018 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5019 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5021 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5022 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5023 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5024 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5025 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5026 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5027 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5033 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5034 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5035 Comments start with `#'.
5036 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5038 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5048 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5049 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5050 Comments start with `;'.
5051 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5053 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5055 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5056 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5057 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5059 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5060 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5064 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5065 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5066 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5067 between `/*' and `*/'.
5068 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5070 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5071 // another kind of comment
5083 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5084 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5085 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5086 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5087 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5088 `conf-space-keywords'.
5089 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5090 in an interactive fashion instead.
5092 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5094 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5096 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5100 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5102 # Standard multimedia devices
5103 add /dev/audio desktop
5104 add /dev/mixer desktop
5108 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5109 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5110 See `conf-space-mode'.
5112 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5114 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5115 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5116 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5117 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5119 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5121 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5122 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5126 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5127 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5128 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5129 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5131 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5133 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5134 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5138 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5139 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5140 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5141 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5143 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5152 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5153 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17843 45625))
5154 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5156 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5157 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5158 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5159 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5161 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5163 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5164 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5165 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5166 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5168 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5170 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5171 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5172 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5173 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5175 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5177 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5178 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5180 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5184 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5185 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17843 45615))
5186 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5188 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5189 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5190 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5191 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5192 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5193 following the copyright are updated as well.
5194 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5197 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5199 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5200 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5201 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5205 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5206 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5208 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5212 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5213 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17843 45627))
5214 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5216 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5217 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5218 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5219 Tab indents for Perl code.
5220 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5221 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5223 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5224 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5225 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5226 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5227 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5228 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5229 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5230 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5231 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5232 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5233 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5234 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5236 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5238 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5239 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5241 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5243 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5244 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5245 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5246 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5247 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5248 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5249 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5250 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5251 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5253 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5257 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5258 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5259 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5262 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5263 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5264 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5266 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5268 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5269 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5270 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5271 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5272 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5274 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5284 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5285 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5286 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5287 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5288 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5289 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5290 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5291 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5292 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5293 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5294 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5295 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5296 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5298 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5299 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5300 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5301 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5302 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5303 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5305 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5306 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5309 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5310 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5311 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5312 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5313 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5315 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5316 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5317 span the needed amount of lines.
5319 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5320 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5321 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5322 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5324 Variables controlling indentation style:
5325 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5326 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5327 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5328 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5329 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5330 `cperl-auto-newline'
5331 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5332 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5333 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5334 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5335 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5336 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5337 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5338 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5339 `cperl-indent-level'
5340 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5341 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5342 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5343 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5344 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5345 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5346 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5347 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5348 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5349 `cperl-brace-offset'
5350 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5351 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5352 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5353 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5354 `cperl-label-offset'
5355 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5356 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5357 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5359 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5360 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5361 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5362 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5363 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5364 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5366 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5367 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5368 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5369 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5371 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5372 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5373 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5374 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5375 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5376 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5378 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5379 column 0 is indented on
5380 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5382 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5385 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5386 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5387 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5391 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5392 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5396 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5397 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5403 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5404 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
5405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5407 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5408 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5409 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5410 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5411 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5415 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5416 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5422 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5423 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
5424 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5426 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5427 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5428 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5429 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5431 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5432 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5434 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5436 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5437 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5438 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5442 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5446 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5447 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
5448 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5450 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5451 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5452 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5453 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5455 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5456 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5457 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5458 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5460 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5461 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5462 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5464 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5465 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5468 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5469 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5470 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5472 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5474 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5475 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5476 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5478 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5482 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5483 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5486 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5487 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5488 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5490 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5491 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5493 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5495 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5496 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5497 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5498 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5499 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5501 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5502 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5503 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5504 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5505 function of these prefix keys.
5507 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5508 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5510 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5511 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5512 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5514 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5515 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5516 the prefix fallback behavior.
5518 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5519 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5520 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5521 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5525 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5526 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5529 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5530 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5531 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5532 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5533 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5534 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5535 (if user-init-file (concat
5536 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5537 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5541 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5542 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5543 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5544 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5545 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5546 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5547 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5548 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5549 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5550 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5551 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
5552 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5554 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5555 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5557 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5559 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5560 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5562 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5564 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5565 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5567 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5568 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5570 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5571 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5573 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5574 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5576 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5577 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5579 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5581 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5583 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5584 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5585 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5587 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5588 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5590 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5591 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5593 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5594 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5596 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5597 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5599 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5601 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5603 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5604 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5607 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5608 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5610 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5611 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5613 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5614 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5616 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5617 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5619 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5621 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5623 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5624 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5625 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5626 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5627 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5631 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5632 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5633 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5634 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5638 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5639 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5643 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5644 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5648 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5650 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5651 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5653 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5655 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5657 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5658 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5659 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5661 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5663 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5664 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5665 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5666 as part of Emacs itself.
5668 Each elements looks like this:
5670 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5672 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5673 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5674 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5675 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5676 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5677 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5678 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5681 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5683 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5684 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5685 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5686 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5687 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5689 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5690 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5691 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5692 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5694 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5696 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5697 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5698 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5699 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5700 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5702 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5703 that were added or redefined since that version.
5705 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5707 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5708 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5709 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5710 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5712 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5713 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5715 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5717 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5718 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5719 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5721 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5722 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5724 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5726 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5727 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5731 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5732 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5736 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5737 Customize all already saved user options.
5741 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5742 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5743 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5744 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5745 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5746 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5747 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5748 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5750 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5752 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5753 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5754 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5755 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5757 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5759 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5760 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5762 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5764 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5765 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5767 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5769 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5770 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5771 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5772 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5773 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5776 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5778 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5779 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5780 The result includes selecting that window.
5781 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5782 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5783 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5786 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5788 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5789 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5791 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5793 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5794 File used for storing customization information.
5795 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5796 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5797 it should be an absolute file name.
5799 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5800 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5801 something like the following in your init file:
5803 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5806 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5807 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5809 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5810 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5811 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5812 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5813 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5815 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5816 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5817 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5818 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5819 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5820 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5821 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5822 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5823 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5824 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5826 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5828 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5829 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5833 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5834 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5838 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5839 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5840 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5842 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5844 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5845 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5846 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5847 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5848 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5850 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5854 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5855 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17843 45609))
5856 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5858 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5859 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5861 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5863 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5864 Alist of face attributes.
5866 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5867 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5868 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5869 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5870 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5871 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5873 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5874 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5875 customization type TYPE).
5877 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5878 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5879 given face attribute.")
5881 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5882 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5883 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5884 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5886 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5888 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5889 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5890 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5891 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5892 between themes and faces.
5893 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5895 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5896 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5898 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5900 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5901 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5902 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5906 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5908 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5910 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5911 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5912 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5914 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5918 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5920 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5924 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5925 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
5926 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5928 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5929 Create a custom theme.
5935 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5936 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
5937 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5939 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5940 Mode used for cvs status output.
5946 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5947 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17843 45627))
5948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5950 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5951 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5953 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5954 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5955 C++ modes are included.
5957 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5961 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5964 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5965 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5969 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5970 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5971 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5972 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5973 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5974 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5976 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
5978 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5979 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5980 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5981 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5982 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5988 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5989 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5990 ;;;;;; (17843 45620))
5991 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5993 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5994 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5996 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5998 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5999 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6001 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6003 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6004 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6005 For readability, the table is slightly
6006 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6008 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6009 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6010 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6011 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6012 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6014 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6018 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6019 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
6020 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6021 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6022 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6024 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6025 Completion on current word.
6026 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6027 and presents suggestions for completion.
6029 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6030 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6033 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6034 then it searches *all* buffers.
6036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6038 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6039 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6041 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6042 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6043 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6044 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6045 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6047 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6048 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6050 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6051 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6052 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6054 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6055 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6057 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6063 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17843
6065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6067 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6068 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6070 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6071 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6072 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6074 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6075 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6076 Data lines are not indented.
6081 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6083 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6084 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6085 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6086 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6088 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6091 Extra indentation within blocks.
6093 dcl-continuation-offset
6094 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6097 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6099 dcl-margin-label-offset
6100 Indentation for a label.
6102 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6103 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6105 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6106 dcl-block-end-regexp
6107 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6108 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6109 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6110 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6111 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6113 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6114 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6115 Two such functions are included in the package:
6116 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6117 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6119 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6120 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6121 One such function is included in the package:
6122 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6124 dcl-tab-always-indent
6125 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6126 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6129 dcl-electric-characters
6130 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6133 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6134 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6135 which words trigger electric indentation.
6138 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6139 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6140 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6142 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6143 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6144 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6145 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6147 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6148 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6149 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6150 dcl-imenu-label-call
6151 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6153 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6154 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6155 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6156 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6159 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6161 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6162 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6163 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6165 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6166 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6170 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6171 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6172 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6173 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6174 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6175 \"lined up with the command line\"
6177 Data lines are not indented at all.
6178 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6183 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6184 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6190 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6191 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17843 45615))
6192 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6194 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6196 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6197 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6198 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6201 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6202 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6203 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6205 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6207 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6208 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6210 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6212 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6213 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6214 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6215 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6216 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6217 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6219 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6220 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6222 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6224 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6225 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6226 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6227 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6228 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6230 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6234 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6235 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
6236 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6238 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6239 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6243 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6244 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6245 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6246 Upper-case letters are commands.
6248 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6251 The most useful commands are:
6252 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6253 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6254 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6255 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6256 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6257 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6263 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6264 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17843
6266 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6268 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6269 Customization of `columns' group.
6273 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6274 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6276 START and END delimits the text region.
6278 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6280 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6281 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6283 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6285 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6289 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17843
6291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6293 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6294 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6295 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6296 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6297 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6298 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6300 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6304 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6305 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6306 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6307 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6308 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6309 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6310 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6311 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6312 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6313 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6314 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6315 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6317 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6318 Directories to search when finding external units.
6319 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6320 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6324 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6325 Face used to color delphi comments.
6326 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6327 Face used to color delphi strings.
6328 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6329 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6330 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6331 Face used to color everything else.
6333 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6334 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6336 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6340 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17843
6342 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6344 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6346 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6347 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6348 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6349 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6350 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6351 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6353 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6355 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6356 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6357 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6360 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6361 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6362 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6369 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6370 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17843 45615))
6371 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6373 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6374 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6376 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6378 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6379 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6380 or nil if there is no parent.
6381 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6382 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6383 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6384 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6385 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6387 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6388 arguments are currently understood:
6390 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6391 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6393 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6394 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6396 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6397 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6399 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6401 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6403 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6404 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6405 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6407 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6408 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6410 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6411 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6412 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6414 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6415 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6417 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6418 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6420 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6422 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6424 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6425 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6426 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6427 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6428 the first time the mode is used.
6430 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6434 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6435 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17843 45609))
6436 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6438 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6439 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6440 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6441 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6442 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6445 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6447 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6448 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6449 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6450 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6451 character composition information (if relevant),
6452 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6458 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6459 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6460 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6461 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17843 45609))
6462 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6464 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6465 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6466 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6468 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6470 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6471 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6472 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6473 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6474 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6475 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6479 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6480 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6481 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6482 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6484 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6486 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6487 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6488 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6490 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6491 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6492 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6494 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6495 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6497 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6498 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6499 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6501 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6502 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6503 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6504 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6506 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6508 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6509 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6511 Handlers are called with argument list
6513 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6515 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6517 desktop-file-version
6518 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6519 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6520 desktop-buffer-point
6522 desktop-buffer-read-only
6523 desktop-buffer-locals
6525 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6526 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6528 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6531 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6533 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6534 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6536 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6538 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6540 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6541 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6542 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6543 List elements must have the form
6545 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6547 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6550 Handlers are called with argument list
6552 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6554 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6556 desktop-file-version
6557 desktop-buffer-file-name
6559 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6560 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6561 desktop-buffer-point
6563 desktop-buffer-read-only
6566 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6567 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6570 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6573 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6575 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6576 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6578 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6580 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6582 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6584 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6586 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6587 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6588 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6592 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6593 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6594 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6595 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6597 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6599 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6600 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6601 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6605 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6606 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6607 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6608 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6609 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6610 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6611 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6612 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6614 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6616 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6617 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6618 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6622 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6623 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6624 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6625 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6628 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6630 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6631 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6635 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6636 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6642 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6643 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6644 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17843 45616))
6645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6647 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6648 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6649 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6650 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6651 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6652 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6654 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6656 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6657 Repair a broken attribution line.
6658 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6660 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6662 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6663 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6664 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6665 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6667 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6669 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6670 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6676 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6677 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17843 45620))
6678 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6680 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6682 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6685 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6687 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6694 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6695 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17843 45615))
6696 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6698 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6699 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6700 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6701 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6702 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6706 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6707 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6708 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6709 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6711 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6712 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6713 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6714 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6717 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6719 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6720 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6721 european-calendar-style t \\
6722 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6723 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6724 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6726 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6727 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6728 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6729 to run it every morning at 1am.
6731 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6733 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6734 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6740 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6741 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17843 45609))
6742 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6744 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6745 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6747 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6749 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6750 *The command to use to run diff.")
6752 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6754 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6755 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6756 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6757 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6758 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6759 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6761 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6763 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6764 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6765 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6766 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6767 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6768 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6770 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6774 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6775 ;;;;;; (17838 18032))
6776 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6778 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6779 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6780 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6782 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6783 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6784 headers for you on-the-fly.
6786 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6787 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6788 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6793 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6794 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6795 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6801 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6802 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6803 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6804 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6805 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17843 45609))
6806 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6808 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6809 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6810 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6811 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6812 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6813 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6814 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6815 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6817 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6819 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6820 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6822 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6823 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6824 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6825 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6826 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6828 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6829 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6831 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6832 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6833 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6834 always set this variable to t.")
6836 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6838 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6839 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6840 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6841 A value of t means move to first file.")
6843 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6845 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6846 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6847 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6848 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6849 are afterward marked with that character.")
6851 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6853 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6854 *Controls marking of copied files.
6855 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6856 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6858 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6860 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6861 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6862 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6863 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6865 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6867 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6868 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6869 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6870 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6872 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6874 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6875 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6876 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6877 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6879 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6881 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6883 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6884 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6885 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6887 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6889 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6890 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6891 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6892 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6893 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6894 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6896 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6897 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6898 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6899 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6900 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6901 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6902 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6903 list of files to make directory entries for.
6904 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6905 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6906 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6907 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6909 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6911 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6912 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6914 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6915 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6917 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6918 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6920 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6921 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6923 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6925 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6926 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6928 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6930 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6931 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6932 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6933 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6934 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6935 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6936 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6937 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6938 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6939 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6940 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6941 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6942 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6943 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6944 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6945 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6946 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6947 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6948 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6949 to see why something went wrong.
6950 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6951 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6952 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6953 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6954 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6955 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6956 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6957 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6958 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6959 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6960 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6961 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6962 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6964 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6965 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6966 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6967 again for the directory tree.
6969 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6972 `dired-listing-switches'
6973 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6974 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6977 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6978 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6979 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6980 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6982 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6984 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6985 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6992 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6993 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6997 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6998 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6999 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7000 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7001 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7002 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7003 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7004 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7005 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7006 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7007 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7008 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7009 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7010 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17843 45609))
7011 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7013 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7014 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7015 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7016 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7017 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7018 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7019 which is options for `diff'.
7021 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7023 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7024 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7025 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7026 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7027 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7028 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7030 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7032 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7033 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7034 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7035 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7036 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7037 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7038 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7040 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7042 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7043 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7044 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7045 returned by function `file-attributes'
7047 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7048 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7050 Examples of PREDICATE:
7052 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7053 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7054 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7055 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7056 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7058 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7060 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7061 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7062 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7066 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7067 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7071 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7072 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7076 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7077 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7082 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7083 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7084 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7085 `lpr-switches' as default.
7087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7089 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7090 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7091 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7092 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7093 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7095 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7096 with a prefix argument.
7100 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7101 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7102 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7103 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7104 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7106 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7107 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7109 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7110 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7111 file name substituted for `?'.
7113 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7114 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7116 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7117 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7118 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7119 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7121 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7123 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7124 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7125 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7127 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7128 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7131 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7132 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7133 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7135 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7137 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7140 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7142 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7143 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7144 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7145 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7146 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7147 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7148 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7149 from the buffer as well.
7150 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7151 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7152 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7154 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7156 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7159 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7161 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7164 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7166 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7167 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7171 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7172 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7176 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7177 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7181 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7182 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7183 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7184 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7186 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7187 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7188 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7189 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7190 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7191 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7192 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7194 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7196 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7199 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7201 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7204 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7206 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7207 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7209 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7211 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7214 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7216 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7219 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7221 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7222 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7224 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7226 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7227 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7228 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7229 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7230 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7231 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7232 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7233 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7234 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7236 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7241 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7242 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7243 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7244 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7245 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7246 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7247 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7248 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7252 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7253 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7254 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7255 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7256 and new hard links are made in that directory
7257 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7258 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7259 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7263 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7264 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7265 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7266 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7267 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7268 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7269 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7273 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7274 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7276 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7277 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7278 file if none are marked.
7280 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7281 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7282 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7283 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7285 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7286 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7288 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7290 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7291 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7292 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7294 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7296 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7297 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7298 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7300 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7302 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7303 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7304 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7306 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7308 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7309 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7313 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7314 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7318 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7319 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7320 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7321 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7322 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7323 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7325 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7327 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7328 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7329 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7330 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7331 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7332 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7333 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7335 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7337 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7338 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7339 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7340 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7341 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7342 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7344 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7346 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7348 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7349 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7350 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7352 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7354 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7355 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7356 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7357 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7361 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7362 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7363 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7364 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7368 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7369 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7370 Lower levels are unaffected.
7372 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7374 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7375 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7379 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7380 Go down in the dired tree.
7384 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7385 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7386 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7387 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7391 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7392 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7393 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7394 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7398 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7399 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7400 Stops when a match is found.
7401 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7403 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7405 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7406 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7407 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7408 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7409 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7411 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7413 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7414 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7415 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7416 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7418 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7422 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17843 45609))
7423 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7425 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7426 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7427 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7428 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7429 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7430 buffer and try again.
7432 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7436 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17843 45609))
7437 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7439 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7440 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7441 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7443 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7445 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7446 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7448 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7449 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7451 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7455 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17843
7457 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7459 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7460 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7461 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7462 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7463 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7464 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7466 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7470 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7471 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7472 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7473 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7474 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17843 45609))
7475 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7477 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7478 Return a new, empty display table.
7482 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7483 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7484 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7485 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7486 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7488 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7490 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7491 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7492 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7493 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7494 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7496 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7498 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7499 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7503 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7504 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7508 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7509 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7513 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7514 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7518 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7519 Display character C using printable string S.
7523 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7524 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7525 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7526 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7528 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7530 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7531 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7532 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7535 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7537 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7538 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7540 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7542 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7543 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7545 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7547 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7548 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7550 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7551 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7552 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7553 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7555 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7556 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7557 European character display.
7559 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7560 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7561 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7562 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7564 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7565 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7566 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7567 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7568 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7574 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7575 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
7576 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7578 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7579 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7580 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7581 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7582 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7583 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7584 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7591 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17843 45609))
7592 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7594 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7595 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7596 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7597 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7598 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7599 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7601 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7602 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7603 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7604 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7605 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7607 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7611 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7612 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17843 45630))
7613 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7615 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7616 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7617 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7618 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7619 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7620 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7621 table and its own syntax table.
7623 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7626 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7628 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7629 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7632 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7636 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17843 45625))
7637 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7639 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7640 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7646 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7647 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
7648 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7650 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7652 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7653 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7655 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7657 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7659 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7661 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7662 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7668 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17843 45625))
7669 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7671 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7672 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7678 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7679 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
7680 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7682 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7683 Play sounds in message buffers.
7689 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7690 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7691 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17843 45615))
7692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7694 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7696 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7697 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7698 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7699 and toggle command MODE.
7701 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7702 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7703 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7704 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7705 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7706 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7707 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7708 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7711 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7712 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7713 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7714 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7715 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7716 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7717 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7718 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7719 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7720 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7721 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7722 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7723 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7724 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7725 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7726 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7727 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7729 For example, you could write
7730 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7731 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7734 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7736 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7738 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7739 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7740 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7741 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7742 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7743 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7744 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7745 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7746 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7747 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7748 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7749 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7751 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7752 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7753 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7754 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7755 call another major mode in their body.
7757 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7759 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7760 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7761 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7762 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7763 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7764 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7765 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7767 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7769 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7772 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7774 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7775 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7776 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7778 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7782 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7783 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17843
7785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7787 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7789 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7790 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7792 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7793 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7794 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7796 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7797 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7801 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7802 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7806 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7807 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7811 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7812 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7814 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7816 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7818 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7820 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7821 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7823 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7824 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7826 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7828 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7830 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7834 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7835 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7836 computed automatically.
7837 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7841 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7843 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7844 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7845 keyboard equivalent.
7849 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7850 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7854 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7855 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7859 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7860 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7864 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7868 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7869 radio: A radio button.
7870 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7871 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7873 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7877 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7878 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7882 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7884 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7885 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7886 as a solid horizontal line.
7888 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7890 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7892 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7895 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7897 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7898 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7899 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7900 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7902 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7904 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7905 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7906 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7907 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7908 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7909 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7911 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7912 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7913 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7915 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7916 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7917 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7919 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7920 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7922 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7926 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7927 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7928 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7929 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7930 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7931 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7932 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7933 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17843 45627))
7934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7936 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7937 Customization for ebnf group.
7941 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7942 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7944 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7946 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7949 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7951 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7953 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7954 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7956 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7957 killed after process termination.
7959 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7961 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7963 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7964 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7966 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7967 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7970 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7971 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7972 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7973 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7975 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7977 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7978 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7979 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7981 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7983 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7984 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7986 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7988 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7991 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7993 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7995 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7996 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7998 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7999 killed after process termination.
8001 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8003 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8005 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8006 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8007 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8008 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8010 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8014 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8015 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8016 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8018 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8020 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8022 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8023 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8025 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8027 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8030 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8032 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8034 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8035 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8037 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8038 killed after EPS generation.
8040 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8042 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8044 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8045 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8047 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8048 The EPS file name has the following form:
8050 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8052 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8053 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8055 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8056 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8057 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8058 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8060 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8064 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8065 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8067 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8068 The EPS file name has the following form:
8070 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8072 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8073 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8075 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8076 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8077 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8078 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8080 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8082 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8084 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8086 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8087 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8089 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8091 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8094 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8096 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8098 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8099 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8101 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8102 killed after syntax checking.
8104 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8106 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8108 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8109 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8113 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8114 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8116 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8118 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8119 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8123 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8124 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8126 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8128 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8130 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8133 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8137 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8138 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8140 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8142 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8144 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8145 Set STYLE as the current style.
8147 It returns the old style symbol.
8149 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8153 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8154 Reset current style.
8156 It returns the old style symbol.
8158 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8160 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8162 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8163 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8165 It returns the old style symbol.
8167 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8169 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8171 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8172 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8174 It returns the old style symbol.
8176 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8182 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8183 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8184 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8185 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8186 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8187 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8188 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8189 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8190 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8191 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8192 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17827
8194 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8196 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8197 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8198 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8199 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8200 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8201 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8203 Tree mode key bindings:
8204 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8208 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8209 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8213 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8214 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8216 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8220 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8221 View declaration of member at point.
8225 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8226 Find declaration of member at point.
8230 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8231 View definition of member at point.
8235 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8236 Find definition of member at point.
8240 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8241 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8245 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8246 View definition of member at point in other window.
8250 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8251 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8255 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8256 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8260 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8261 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8265 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8266 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8270 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8271 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8272 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8273 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8276 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8278 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8279 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8280 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8281 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8283 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8285 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8286 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8287 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8288 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8290 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8292 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8293 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8294 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8296 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8298 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8299 Search for call sites of a member.
8300 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8301 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8302 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8303 looks like a function call to the member.
8305 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8307 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8308 Move backward in the position stack.
8309 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8313 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8314 Move forward in the position stack.
8315 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8319 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8320 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8324 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8325 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8329 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8330 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8331 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8332 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8334 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8336 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8337 Display statistics for a class tree.
8343 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8344 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8345 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8347 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8348 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8349 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8350 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8352 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8353 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8354 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8356 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8357 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8358 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8360 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8362 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8368 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8369 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17843 45610))
8370 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8372 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8373 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8374 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8376 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8380 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8381 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8382 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17843 45615))
8383 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8385 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8386 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8387 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8388 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8389 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8391 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8392 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8393 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8394 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8396 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8398 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8399 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8400 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8401 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8403 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8405 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8406 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8407 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8408 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8410 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8412 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8414 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8415 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8416 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8417 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8418 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8420 If you do this on a function definition
8421 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8422 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8423 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8424 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8426 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8427 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8428 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8429 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8434 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8435 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8439 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8440 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8446 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8447 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8448 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8449 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8450 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8451 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8452 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8453 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8454 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8455 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17843 45610))
8456 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8458 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8459 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8461 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8463 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8464 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8466 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8468 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8470 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8472 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8473 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8474 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8475 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8479 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8480 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8482 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8484 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8486 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8487 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8489 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8491 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8493 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8494 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8495 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8496 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8498 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8500 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8502 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8503 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8504 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8505 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8507 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8509 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8511 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8512 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8513 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8514 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8516 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8518 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8520 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8521 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8522 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8523 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8525 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8527 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8529 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8530 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8531 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8532 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8533 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8534 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8536 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8538 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8539 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8540 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8541 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8543 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8545 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8547 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8548 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8549 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8550 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8552 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8554 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8556 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8558 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8559 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8560 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8562 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8563 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8565 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8567 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8568 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8569 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8571 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8572 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8574 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8576 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8577 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8578 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8579 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8580 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8582 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8583 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8585 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8587 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8588 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8589 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8590 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8591 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8593 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8594 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8595 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8597 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8599 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8601 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8602 Merge two files without ancestor.
8604 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8606 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8607 Merge two files with ancestor.
8609 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8611 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8613 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8614 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8616 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8618 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8619 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8621 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8623 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8624 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8625 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8628 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8630 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8631 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8632 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8635 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8637 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8638 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8639 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8640 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8644 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8645 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8646 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8647 and don't ask the user.
8648 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8649 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8651 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8653 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8654 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8655 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8656 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8657 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8658 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8659 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8660 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8662 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8664 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8666 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8668 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8669 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8670 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8671 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8672 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8674 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8676 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8678 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8679 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8680 When called interactively, displays the version.
8684 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8685 Display Ediff's manual.
8686 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8688 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8692 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8693 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8694 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8696 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17843 45610))
8704 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8706 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8707 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8709 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8711 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8715 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8716 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8717 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8719 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8720 Display Ediff's registry.
8724 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8728 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8729 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17843 45610))
8730 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8732 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8733 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8734 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8739 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8740 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8741 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8742 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8748 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8749 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8750 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8753 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8754 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8755 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8757 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8758 Edit a keyboard macro.
8759 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8760 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8761 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8763 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8765 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8767 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8768 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8770 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8772 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8773 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8775 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8777 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8778 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8779 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8780 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8781 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8782 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8784 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8785 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8786 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8787 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8789 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8791 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8792 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8793 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8794 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8795 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8796 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8798 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8802 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8803 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17843 45615))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8806 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8808 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8809 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8811 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8813 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8814 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8820 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8821 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8824 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8825 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8826 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8827 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8828 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8829 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8830 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8831 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8833 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8834 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8836 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8837 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8838 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8839 this value is non-nil.
8841 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8842 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8843 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8845 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8846 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8847 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8849 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8851 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8854 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8858 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8859 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17843 45615))
8860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8862 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8863 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8865 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8867 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8868 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8869 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8870 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8871 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8872 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8873 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8875 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8879 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8880 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8884 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8885 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8886 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8887 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8888 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8889 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8892 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8893 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8897 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17843
8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8901 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8902 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8904 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8905 an elided material again.
8907 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8913 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8914 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8917 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8924 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8925 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17843
8927 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8929 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8930 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8931 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8933 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8935 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8936 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8937 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8939 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8941 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8942 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8943 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8945 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8947 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8949 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8950 Display current profiling results.
8951 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8952 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8959 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8960 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
8961 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8963 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8964 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8965 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8967 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8971 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8972 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8973 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8974 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8975 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 2962))
8976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8978 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8979 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8980 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8981 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8982 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8983 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8984 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8985 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8986 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8987 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8988 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8989 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8990 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8991 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8992 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8993 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8995 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8996 Run Emerge on two files.
8998 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9000 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9001 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9003 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9005 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9006 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9008 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9010 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9011 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9013 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9015 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9020 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9025 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9028 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9030 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9033 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9035 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9036 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9038 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9040 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9041 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9043 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9045 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9048 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9052 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9053 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
9054 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9056 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9057 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9058 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9060 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9061 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9063 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9065 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9066 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9067 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9069 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9070 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9073 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9074 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9075 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9081 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9082 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17843 45630))
9083 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9085 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9086 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9087 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9088 text/enriched format.
9089 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9091 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9092 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9096 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9100 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9103 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9105 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9108 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9112 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9113 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17839 38671))
9114 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9116 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9117 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9121 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9122 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9123 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9124 (server (erc-compute-server))
9125 (port (erc-compute-port))
9126 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9128 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9130 That is, if called with
9132 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9134 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9135 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9136 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9138 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9140 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9141 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9142 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9143 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9145 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17843
9151 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9152 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17843 45616))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9158 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17843 45616))
9163 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9164 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17843 45616))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9170 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9174 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9175 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17843 45616))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9178 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9179 Parser for /dcc command.
9180 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9181 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9182 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9184 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9186 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9187 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9191 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9192 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9194 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9195 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9196 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9199 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9203 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9204 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9205 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9206 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9207 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9210 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9211 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9213 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9215 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9216 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9217 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9218 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9220 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9222 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9225 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9227 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9228 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9230 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9232 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9233 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9235 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9237 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9238 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9240 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9242 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9243 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9245 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9247 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9248 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9250 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9252 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9253 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9255 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9257 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9258 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9262 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9263 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9269 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17843
9271 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9272 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9274 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9275 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9276 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17843
9284 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9285 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9289 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9290 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17843 45616))
9291 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9292 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9294 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9295 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9296 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9297 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9298 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9299 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9302 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9304 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9307 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9311 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9312 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9313 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9315 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17843 45616))
9323 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9324 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9328 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9329 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17843 45616))
9330 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9331 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9333 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9334 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9335 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9336 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9337 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9338 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9340 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9342 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9343 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9344 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9345 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9347 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9348 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9351 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9352 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9354 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9358 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9359 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9360 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9361 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9363 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9365 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9366 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9370 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9371 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9375 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9376 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9380 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9381 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9385 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9386 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9390 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9391 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9395 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9396 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9400 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9401 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17843 45616))
9408 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9409 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9413 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9414 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9415 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9416 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9418 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9425 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9426 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17843 45616))
9427 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9429 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9430 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9431 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9432 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9436 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9437 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9443 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9444 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17843 45616))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9446 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9448 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9449 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9450 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9451 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9453 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9455 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17843 45616))
9463 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9464 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17843
9470 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9471 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17843 45616))
9476 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9477 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17843 45616))
9482 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9483 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9487 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9488 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17843 45616))
9489 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9490 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9492 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9493 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9497 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9498 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9499 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9501 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17843 45616))
9506 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9507 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9511 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9512 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9513 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9515 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9516 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9517 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17843
9525 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9526 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17843 45616))
9531 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9532 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17843 45616))
9537 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9538 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9539 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9543 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9544 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17843 45616))
9545 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9546 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9548 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9549 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9550 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9551 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9553 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9555 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9556 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9557 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9563 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9564 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9567 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9568 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9574 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17843
9576 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9578 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9579 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9587 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17843
9589 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9591 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9592 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9598 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9599 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17843 45616))
9600 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9602 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9603 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9604 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9605 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9606 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9607 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9608 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9609 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9610 buffer selected (or created).
9612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9614 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9615 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9616 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9618 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9620 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9621 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9622 The result might be any Lisp object.
9623 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9624 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9625 corresponding to a successful execution.
9627 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9629 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9630 Report a bug in Eshell.
9631 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9632 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9638 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9639 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9640 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9641 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9642 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9643 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9644 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9645 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
9646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9648 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9649 *File name of tags table.
9650 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9651 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9652 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9653 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9655 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9656 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9657 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9658 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9660 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9662 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9663 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9664 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9665 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9666 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9667 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9669 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9671 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9672 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9673 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9674 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9675 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9676 `auto-compression-mode').")
9678 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9680 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9681 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9682 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9683 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9684 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9686 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9688 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9689 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9690 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9691 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9693 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9695 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9696 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9697 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9698 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9699 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9701 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9703 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9704 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9708 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9709 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9710 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9711 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9713 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9714 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9715 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9716 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9717 file the tag was in.
9719 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9721 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9722 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9723 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9724 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9725 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9726 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9727 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9728 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9729 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9731 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9733 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9734 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9735 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9736 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9737 without directory names.
9741 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9742 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9743 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9744 but does not select the buffer.
9745 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9747 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9748 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9749 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9750 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9751 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9753 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9755 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9756 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9757 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9759 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9761 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9763 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9764 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9765 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9766 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9768 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9769 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9770 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9771 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9772 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9774 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9776 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9777 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9778 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9780 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9782 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9783 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9785 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9786 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9787 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9788 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9789 around or before point.
9791 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9792 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9793 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9794 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9795 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9797 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9799 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9800 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9801 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9803 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9805 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9806 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9808 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9809 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9810 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9811 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9812 around or before point.
9814 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9815 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9816 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9817 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9818 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9820 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9822 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9823 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9824 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9826 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9828 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9829 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9831 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9832 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9833 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9835 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9836 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9837 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9838 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9839 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9841 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9843 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9844 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9845 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9847 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9849 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9850 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9851 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9853 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9854 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9856 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9857 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9858 where they were found.
9862 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9863 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9865 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9866 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9867 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9869 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9870 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9872 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9873 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9875 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9877 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9878 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9879 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9880 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9882 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9883 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9884 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9885 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9886 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9888 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9889 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9891 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9892 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9893 Stops when a match is found.
9894 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9896 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9898 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9900 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9901 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9902 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9903 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9904 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9906 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9908 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9910 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9911 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9912 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9913 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9914 directory specification.
9916 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9918 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9919 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9921 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9923 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9924 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9925 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9926 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9930 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9931 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9932 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9933 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9934 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9940 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9941 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9942 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9943 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9944 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9945 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9946 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9947 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17843 45620))
9948 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9950 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9955 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9956 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9957 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9958 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9960 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9961 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9964 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9965 even if the buffer is read-only.
9967 See also the descriptions of the variables
9968 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9969 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9971 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9973 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9974 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9976 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9977 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9979 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9980 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9983 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9984 buffer is read-only.
9986 See also the descriptions of the variables
9987 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9988 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9990 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9992 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9993 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9994 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9998 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9999 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10001 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10002 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10004 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10005 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10009 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10010 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10011 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10012 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10014 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10016 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10017 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10018 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10019 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10021 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10022 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10023 the primary language.
10025 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10026 buffer is read-only.
10028 See also the descriptions of the variables
10029 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10030 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10032 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10034 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10035 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10036 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10037 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10039 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10040 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10043 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10044 buffer is read-only.
10046 See also the descriptions of the variables
10047 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10048 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10050 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10052 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10053 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10054 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10058 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10059 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10061 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10062 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10063 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10064 3) convert the body into SERA.
10066 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10070 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10071 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10072 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10074 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10076 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10077 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10081 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10082 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10084 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10085 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10088 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10089 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10090 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10092 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10094 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10096 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10097 Allow the user to input special characters.
10101 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10102 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10103 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10107 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10108 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10112 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10113 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10115 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10116 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10118 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10119 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10123 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10124 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10128 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10129 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10133 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10134 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10140 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10141 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10142 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
10143 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10145 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10146 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10147 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10148 server for future sessions.
10150 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10152 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10153 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10154 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10156 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10158 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10159 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10160 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10162 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10164 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10165 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10166 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10167 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10168 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10169 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10170 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10171 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10172 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10173 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10174 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10175 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10177 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10179 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10180 Display a form to query the directory server.
10181 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10182 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10184 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10186 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10187 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10188 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10192 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10196 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10197 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10198 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17843 45624))
10199 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10201 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10202 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10204 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10206 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10207 Display URL and make it clickable.
10209 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10211 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10212 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10214 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10216 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10217 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10219 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10221 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10222 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10224 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10226 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10227 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10229 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10233 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10234 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17843 45624))
10235 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10237 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10238 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10239 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10243 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10244 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10250 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10251 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
10252 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10254 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10255 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10261 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17843
10263 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10265 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10266 Create an empty ewoc.
10268 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10270 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10271 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10272 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10273 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10274 `insert-before-markers'.
10276 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10277 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10278 respectively, of the ewoc.
10280 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10281 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10282 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10284 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10288 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10289 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10290 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10291 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
10292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10294 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10295 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10296 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10298 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10300 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10301 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10302 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10303 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10304 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10306 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10308 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10309 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10310 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10311 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10312 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10315 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10317 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10318 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10319 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10323 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10324 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10325 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10332 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10333 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17843 45610))
10334 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10336 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10337 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10338 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10339 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10341 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10343 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10344 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10345 to generate such functions.
10347 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10348 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10349 beginning of the expanded text.
10351 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10352 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10353 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10354 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10356 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10358 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10360 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10361 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10362 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10366 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10367 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10368 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10371 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10372 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10376 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17843 45627))
10377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10379 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10380 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10381 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10383 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10384 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10385 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10387 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10392 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10395 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10397 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10399 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10400 `f90-program-indent'
10401 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10403 `f90-continuation-indent'
10404 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10405 `f90-comment-region'
10406 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10407 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10408 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10409 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10411 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10412 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10413 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10414 `f90-break-delimiters'
10415 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10416 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10417 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10418 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10420 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10421 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10423 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10424 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10425 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10426 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10427 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10428 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10429 `f90-leave-line-no'
10430 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10432 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10433 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10439 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10440 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10441 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10442 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10443 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17843 45610))
10444 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10445 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10446 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10448 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10449 Menu keymap for faces.")
10451 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10453 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10454 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10456 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10458 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10459 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10461 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10463 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10464 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10466 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10468 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10469 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10471 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10473 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10474 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10476 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10478 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10479 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10481 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10483 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10485 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10487 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10489 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10490 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10492 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10493 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10494 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10495 to the faces to use for the next character
10496 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10497 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10499 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10500 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10501 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10502 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10503 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10504 preceding faces (including FACE).
10506 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10507 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10509 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10511 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10512 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10513 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10515 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10516 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10519 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10520 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10521 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10523 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10525 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10526 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10527 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10529 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10530 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10533 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10534 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10535 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10537 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10539 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10540 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10541 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10542 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10543 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10544 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10545 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10547 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10548 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10551 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10552 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10553 to insert cancels the specification.
10555 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10557 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10558 Make the region invisible.
10559 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10560 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10562 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10564 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10565 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10566 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10567 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10569 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10571 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10572 Make the region unmodifiable.
10573 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10574 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10576 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10578 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10579 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10581 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10583 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10584 Remove all text properties from the region.
10586 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10588 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10589 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10590 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10592 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10594 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10595 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10597 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10599 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10600 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10601 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10602 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10603 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10604 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10606 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10610 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10611 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17843 45625))
10612 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10614 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10615 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10616 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10617 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10619 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10621 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10622 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10623 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10625 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10626 - When you save the file's buffer.
10627 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10628 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10629 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10630 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10632 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10634 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10635 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10636 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10637 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10641 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10642 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10646 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10650 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10651 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10652 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17743 18143))
10653 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10655 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10656 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10657 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10658 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10662 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10663 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10667 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10668 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10669 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10670 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10674 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10675 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10676 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10677 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10678 backup file names and the like).
10680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10682 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10683 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10684 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10685 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10686 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10687 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10688 internally by feedmail):
10690 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10691 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10692 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10693 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10695 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10696 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10697 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10698 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10699 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10701 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10705 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10706 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17838 18033))
10707 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10709 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10710 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10711 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10712 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10713 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10714 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10715 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10717 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10719 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10720 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10721 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10722 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10723 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10724 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10725 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10727 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10729 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10731 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10732 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10733 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10734 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10735 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10736 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10738 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10740 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10741 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10742 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10744 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10745 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10750 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10751 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10753 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10755 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10756 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10762 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10763 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10764 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10765 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17843 45610))
10766 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10768 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10769 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10770 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10771 be added to the cache.
10773 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10775 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10776 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10777 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10778 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10779 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10781 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10783 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10784 Add FILE to the file cache.
10788 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10789 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10790 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10792 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10794 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10795 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10796 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10798 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10800 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10801 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10802 This function does not use any external programs
10803 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10804 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10805 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10807 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10809 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10810 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10811 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10812 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10813 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10814 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10815 \(directories) is done.
10818 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10819 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10820 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10824 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17843
10826 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10828 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10829 Filesets initialization.
10830 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17843 45630))
10837 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10838 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10842 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10843 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10844 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
10845 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10847 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10848 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10849 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10850 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10851 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10853 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10855 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10856 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10857 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10858 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10859 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10861 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10863 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10864 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10865 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10866 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10868 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10870 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10871 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10872 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10874 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10876 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10877 as the final argument.
10879 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10881 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10882 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10883 and run dired on those files.
10884 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10885 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10887 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10889 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10891 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10892 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10893 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10895 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10897 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10899 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10903 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10904 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10905 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
10906 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10908 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10909 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10910 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10911 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10912 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10913 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10914 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10916 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10917 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10918 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10920 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10922 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10924 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10926 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10927 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10928 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10930 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10931 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10933 Variables of interest include:
10935 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10936 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10937 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10939 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10940 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10941 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10943 - `ff-ignore-include'
10944 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10946 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10947 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10950 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10952 - `ff-special-constructs'
10953 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10954 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10955 extracting the filename from that construct.
10957 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10958 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10960 - `ff-search-directories'
10961 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10962 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10964 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10965 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10967 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10968 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10970 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10971 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10973 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10974 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10976 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10977 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10979 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10981 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10982 Visit the file you click on.
10984 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10986 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10987 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10989 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10993 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10994 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10995 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10996 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10997 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10998 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10999 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17843 45615))
11000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11002 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11003 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11005 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11007 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11008 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11009 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11010 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11012 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11013 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11014 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11015 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11017 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11019 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11020 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11022 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11023 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11024 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11025 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11027 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11028 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11031 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11033 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11034 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11036 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11037 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11038 places point before the definition.
11039 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11041 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11042 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11043 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11045 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11047 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11048 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11050 See `find-function' for more details.
11052 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11054 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11055 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11057 See `find-function' for more details.
11059 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11061 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11062 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11064 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11065 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11066 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11068 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11069 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11071 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11073 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11074 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11076 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11077 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11078 places point before the definition.
11080 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11082 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11083 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11084 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11086 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11088 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11089 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11091 See `find-variable' for more details.
11093 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11095 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11096 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11098 See `find-variable' for more details.
11100 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11102 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11103 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11104 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11105 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11106 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11107 buffer nor display it.
11109 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11110 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11112 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11114 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11115 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11117 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11118 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11119 places point before the definition.
11121 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11123 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11124 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11125 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11129 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11130 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11131 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11135 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11136 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11140 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11141 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11145 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11146 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11152 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11153 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17843 45610))
11154 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11156 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11157 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11159 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11161 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11162 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11166 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11167 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11169 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11173 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11174 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17843 45610))
11175 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11177 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11178 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11182 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11183 Display FILE's commentary section.
11184 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11188 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11189 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11195 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11196 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17843 45610))
11197 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11199 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11200 Toggle flow control handling.
11201 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11202 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11204 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11206 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11207 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11208 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11209 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11210 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11211 to get the effect of a C-q.
11213 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11217 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11218 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
11219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11221 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11224 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11226 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11229 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11233 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11234 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17843 45627))
11235 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11237 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11238 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11239 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11240 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11244 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11245 Turn flymake mode on.
11249 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11250 Turn flymake mode off.
11256 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11257 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11258 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17843 45630))
11259 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11261 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11262 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11265 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11267 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11268 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11269 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11270 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11271 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11272 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11275 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11276 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11277 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11278 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11281 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11284 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11285 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11286 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11288 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11290 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11291 in your .emacs file.
11293 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11294 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11298 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11299 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11303 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11304 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11308 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11309 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11313 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11314 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11316 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11318 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11319 Flyspell whole buffer.
11325 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11326 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11327 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
11328 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11330 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11331 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11335 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11336 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11340 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11341 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11343 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11344 of two major techniques:
11346 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11347 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11348 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11350 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11351 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11352 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11355 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11356 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11357 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11358 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11359 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11362 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11363 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11365 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11367 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11368 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11369 \(This is the default.)
11371 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11372 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11374 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11375 \\{follow-mode-map}
11377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11379 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11380 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11382 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11383 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11384 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11385 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11386 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11387 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11389 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11390 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11391 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11393 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11394 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11395 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11401 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17843
11403 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11405 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11406 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11407 \\<message-mode-map>
11411 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11412 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11413 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11414 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11415 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11416 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11422 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11423 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17843 45610))
11424 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11426 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11427 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11429 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11430 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11431 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11432 C-c < forms-first-record <
11433 C-c > forms-last-record >
11434 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11435 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11436 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11437 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11438 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11439 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11440 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11441 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11442 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11443 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11445 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11447 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11448 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11452 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11453 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11459 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11460 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17843 45628))
11461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11463 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11464 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11465 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11466 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11467 with a character in column 6.")
11469 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11471 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11472 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11473 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11475 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11476 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11478 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11481 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11483 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11485 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11486 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11487 `fortran-do-indent'
11488 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11489 `fortran-if-indent'
11490 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11491 `fortran-structure-indent'
11492 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11494 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11495 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11496 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11497 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11498 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11499 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11500 nil don't change the indentation
11501 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11503 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11504 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11505 depending on the continuation format in use.
11506 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11507 indentation for a line of code.
11509 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11510 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11511 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11512 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11513 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11514 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11515 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11516 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11517 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11518 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11520 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11521 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11522 statements (default nil).
11523 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11524 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11525 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11526 `fortran-continuation-string'
11527 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11528 line (default \"$\").
11529 `fortran-comment-region'
11530 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11531 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11532 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11533 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11534 as typed (default t).
11535 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11536 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11538 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11539 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11545 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11546 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17843 45625))
11547 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11549 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11550 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11552 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11553 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11555 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11557 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11558 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11560 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11561 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11563 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11565 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11566 Compile fortune file.
11568 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11569 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11571 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11573 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11574 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11576 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11577 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11578 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11579 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11581 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11583 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11584 Display a fortune cookie.
11586 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11587 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11588 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11589 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11591 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11595 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11596 ;;;;;; (17844 62923))
11597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11599 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11600 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11601 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11602 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11604 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11605 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11606 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11607 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11609 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11610 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11611 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11612 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11613 some of the buffers.
11615 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11617 The following commands help control operation :
11619 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11620 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11622 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11623 detailed description of this mode.
11626 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11628 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11629 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11633 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11634 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11635 | | (comint-mode) |
11642 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11643 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11644 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11645 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11646 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11647 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11649 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11651 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11652 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11654 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11658 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11659 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17843
11661 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11663 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11664 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11665 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11666 instead (which see).")
11668 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11669 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11671 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11672 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11673 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11674 documentation string instead.
11676 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11677 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11678 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11679 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11680 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11681 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11682 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11683 enders are actually possible.
11685 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11686 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11688 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11689 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11690 `font-lock-keywords'.
11692 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11693 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11694 runs the macro expansion.
11696 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11697 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11698 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11700 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11702 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11704 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11705 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11707 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11709 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11710 Enter generic mode MODE.
11712 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11713 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11714 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11716 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11717 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11721 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11722 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11723 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11724 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11725 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11726 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11727 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11728 `font-lock-keywords'.
11730 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11734 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11735 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
11736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11738 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11739 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11740 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11741 at places they belong to.
11743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11747 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11748 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17843 45616))
11749 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11751 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11752 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11754 Guideline for numbers:
11755 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11756 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11759 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11761 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11762 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11763 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11765 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11767 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11768 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11770 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11772 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11773 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11775 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11776 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11777 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11778 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11779 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11780 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11782 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11783 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11784 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11785 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11786 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11788 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11790 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11794 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11795 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17843 45617))
11796 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11797 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11798 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11800 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11801 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11805 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11807 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11808 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11809 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11810 name of an NNTP server to use.
11811 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11814 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11816 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11817 Read news as a slave.
11819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11821 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11822 Pop up a frame to read news.
11823 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11824 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11825 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11826 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11827 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11828 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11829 current display is used.
11831 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11833 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11835 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11836 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11837 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11839 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11843 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11844 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11845 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11846 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11847 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11848 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17843 45616))
11849 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11851 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11852 Start Gnus unplugged.
11856 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11857 Start Gnus plugged.
11861 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11862 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11866 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11867 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11869 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11870 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11871 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11873 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11874 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11875 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11879 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11880 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11884 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11885 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11886 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11887 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11888 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11891 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11893 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11894 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11895 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11896 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11897 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11900 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11902 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11903 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11907 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11908 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11909 downloaded into the agent.
11911 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11913 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11914 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11915 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11916 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11918 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11920 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11921 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11925 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11926 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11930 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11931 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11932 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11934 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11938 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11939 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
11940 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11942 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11943 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11949 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11950 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
11951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11953 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11954 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11960 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11961 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11962 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17843
11964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11966 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11967 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11970 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11974 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11975 Generate the cache active file.
11977 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11979 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11980 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11984 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11985 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11986 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11987 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11988 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11991 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11993 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11994 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11995 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11996 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11997 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12000 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12004 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12005 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17843 45616))
12006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12008 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12009 Delay this article by some time.
12010 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12012 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12013 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12015 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12016 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12018 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12019 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12021 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12023 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12024 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12028 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12029 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12030 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12031 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12033 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12034 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12036 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12040 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12041 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17843 45616))
12042 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12044 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12047 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12049 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12052 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12056 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12057 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
12058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12060 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12061 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12067 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12068 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
12069 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12071 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12072 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12078 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12079 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12080 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17843
12082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12084 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12085 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12089 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12090 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12094 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12095 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12099 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12100 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12104 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12105 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12106 The PNG is returned as a string.
12108 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12110 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12111 Convert FILE to a Face.
12112 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12115 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12119 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12120 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17843 45617))
12121 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12123 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12124 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12125 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12127 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12129 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12130 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12132 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12136 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12137 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12140 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12142 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12143 Run batched scoring.
12144 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12150 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12151 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12152 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12155 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12160 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12161 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12162 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12164 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12166 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12167 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12169 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12175 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12176 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12177 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12180 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12181 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12182 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12183 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12186 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12187 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12188 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12189 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12191 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12192 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12193 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12194 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12195 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12196 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12197 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12198 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12199 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12200 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12202 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12204 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12205 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12206 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12209 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12210 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12212 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12214 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12215 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12216 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12218 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12222 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12223 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12224 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12226 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12228 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12229 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12230 existing groups are considered.
12232 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12233 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12236 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12237 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12238 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12239 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12240 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12241 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12242 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12243 clauses will be generated.
12245 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12246 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12247 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12248 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12249 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12250 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12252 For example, given the following group parameters:
12255 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12256 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12258 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12259 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12260 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12261 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12263 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12265 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12267 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12269 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12270 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12273 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12277 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12278 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12281 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12282 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12283 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12285 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12289 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12290 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17843 45617))
12291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12293 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12294 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12295 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12296 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12298 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12300 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12303 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12305 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12306 Like `message-reply'.
12308 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12310 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12314 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12315 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17843 45617))
12316 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12318 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12319 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12323 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12324 Load the NoCeM cache.
12330 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12331 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12332 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12333 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12335 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12336 Display picons in the From header.
12337 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12341 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12342 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12343 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12347 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12348 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12349 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12355 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12356 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12357 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12358 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12359 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17843 45617))
12360 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12362 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12363 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12364 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12365 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12367 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12369 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12370 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12371 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12374 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12376 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12377 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12378 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12380 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12382 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12385 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12387 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12388 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12389 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12391 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12393 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12394 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12395 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12397 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12399 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12401 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12402 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12403 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12405 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12407 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12408 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12409 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12411 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12413 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12414 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12415 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12417 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12419 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12420 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12422 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12426 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12427 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17843 45617))
12428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12430 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12435 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12436 Install the registry hooks.
12442 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12443 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17843
12445 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12447 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12448 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12449 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12450 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12451 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12452 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12456 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12457 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12458 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12459 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12460 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12464 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12471 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12472 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12475 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12476 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12477 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12478 for matching on group names.
12480 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12481 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12483 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12485 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12491 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12492 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12493 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12495 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12496 Update the format specification near point.
12502 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12503 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17843
12505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12507 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12508 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12510 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12512 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12519 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12520 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12521 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12523 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12524 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12526 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12530 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17843 45626))
12531 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12533 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12534 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12536 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12537 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12538 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12540 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12541 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12542 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12544 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12545 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12547 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12548 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12550 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12552 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12556 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12557 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17843 45624))
12558 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12560 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12562 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12563 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12564 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12565 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12566 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12568 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12570 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12571 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12572 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12574 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12575 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12577 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12578 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12581 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12585 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12586 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12587 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17843 45628))
12588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12590 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12591 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12593 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12595 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12596 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12597 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12598 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12599 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12601 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12602 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12604 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12606 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12607 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12608 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12609 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12611 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12613 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12614 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12616 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12618 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12619 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12621 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12622 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12623 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12625 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12626 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12627 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12629 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12630 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12632 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12633 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12635 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12637 (defvar grep-history nil)
12639 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12641 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12642 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12643 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12647 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12652 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12653 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12657 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12658 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12659 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12660 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12661 where grep found matches.
12663 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12664 easily repeat a grep command.
12666 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12667 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12668 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12669 if that history list is empty).
12671 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12673 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12674 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12675 Collect output in a buffer.
12676 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12677 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12679 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12680 easily repeat a find command.
12682 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12684 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12686 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12687 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12688 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12689 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12690 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12692 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12693 before it is executed.
12694 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12696 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12697 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12698 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12700 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12702 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12704 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12705 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12706 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12707 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12708 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12710 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12711 before it is executed.
12712 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12714 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12715 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12716 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12718 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12720 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12724 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17843 45610))
12725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12727 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12728 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12729 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12730 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12731 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12733 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12737 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12738 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17843 45628))
12739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12741 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12742 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12743 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12744 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12745 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12746 `gdba' for more information.
12748 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12749 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12750 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12751 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12752 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12755 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12757 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12758 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12759 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12760 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12762 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12764 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12765 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12766 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12767 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12769 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12771 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12772 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12773 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12774 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12776 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12777 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12779 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12781 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12782 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12783 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12784 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12786 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12788 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12789 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12790 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12791 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12793 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12795 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12796 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12797 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12798 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12799 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12801 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12802 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12803 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12804 original source file access method.
12806 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12807 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12809 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12811 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12812 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12813 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12814 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12816 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12817 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12819 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12821 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12822 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12828 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17843
12830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12832 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12833 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12834 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12835 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12837 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12838 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12839 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12840 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12846 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12847 ;;;;;; (17743 18144))
12848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12850 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12851 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12853 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12855 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12856 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12857 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12858 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12860 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12864 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12865 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12866 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12867 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12874 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12875 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12876 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12877 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17843 45610))
12878 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12880 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12881 Return the help-echo string at point.
12882 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12883 property, or nil, is returned.
12884 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12885 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12886 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12888 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12890 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12891 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12892 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12893 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12894 this produces no string either, return nil.
12898 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12899 Display local help in the echo area.
12900 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12901 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12902 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12905 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12906 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12907 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12911 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12912 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12913 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12917 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12918 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12919 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12923 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12924 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12925 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12926 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12927 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12928 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12929 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12930 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12931 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12932 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12933 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12935 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12936 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12937 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12938 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12939 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12941 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12942 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12943 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12944 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12945 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12946 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12947 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12948 The default is `never'.")
12950 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12952 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12953 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12954 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12955 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12956 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12957 considered different regions.
12959 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12960 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12961 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12962 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12963 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12964 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12965 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12966 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12967 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12969 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12971 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12972 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12973 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12974 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12977 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12978 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12979 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12980 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12981 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12982 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12983 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12984 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12986 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12987 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12988 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12989 rarely happens in practice.
12991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12993 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12994 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12995 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12996 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12997 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12998 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13004 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13005 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13006 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13007 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
13008 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13010 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13011 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13013 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13015 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13016 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13017 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13019 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13021 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13022 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13024 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13026 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13029 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13031 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13032 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13033 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13034 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13036 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13038 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13039 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13040 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13041 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13042 it is displayed along with the global value.
13044 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13046 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13047 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13048 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13049 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13051 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13053 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13054 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13055 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13056 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13057 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13059 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13063 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13064 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
13065 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13067 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13068 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13069 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13070 and window listing and describing the options.
13071 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13072 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13074 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13078 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13079 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13080 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17843 45610))
13081 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13083 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13084 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13085 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13091 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13096 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13101 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13102 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13104 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13105 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13106 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13107 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13109 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13110 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13111 restore it properly when going back.
13113 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13115 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13116 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13118 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13119 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13120 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13121 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13122 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13123 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13124 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13125 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13127 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13128 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13129 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13130 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13132 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13133 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13136 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13138 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13139 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13140 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13141 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13142 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13143 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13145 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13147 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13148 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13149 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13150 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13151 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13153 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13155 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13156 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13158 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13162 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13163 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17843 45615))
13164 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13166 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13167 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13171 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13172 Provide help for current mode.
13178 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13179 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17844 62922))
13180 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13182 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13183 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13184 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13185 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13186 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13188 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13189 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13191 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13192 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13193 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13194 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13196 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13197 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13200 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13205 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13206 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13207 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13208 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13209 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13210 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13211 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13212 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13213 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13214 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13215 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13216 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13217 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13218 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13219 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13221 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13222 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13223 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13225 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13228 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13230 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13231 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13232 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13234 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13235 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13236 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13238 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13239 into the buffer at the current point.
13241 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13242 into the buffer at the current point.
13244 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13245 into the buffer at the current point.
13247 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13249 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13250 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13252 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13254 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13258 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13259 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13260 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13261 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13263 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13265 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13266 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13267 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13273 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13274 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13275 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13276 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
13277 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13279 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13280 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13282 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13283 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13284 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13285 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13286 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13287 called interactively, are:
13289 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13290 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13292 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13293 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13294 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13295 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13297 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13298 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13300 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13301 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13303 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13304 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13305 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13306 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13307 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13308 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13310 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13311 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13313 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13314 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13316 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13317 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13318 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13319 Patterns will be read until
13321 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13325 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13326 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13327 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13329 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13330 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13332 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13334 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13335 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13336 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13337 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13338 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13342 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13344 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13345 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13347 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13348 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13349 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13350 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13352 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13354 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13356 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13357 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13359 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13360 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13361 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13362 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13364 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13366 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13368 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13369 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13371 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13372 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13374 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13376 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13378 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13379 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13381 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13382 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13383 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13384 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13385 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13387 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13389 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13390 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13392 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13393 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13394 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13400 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13401 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17843 45628))
13402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13404 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13405 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13406 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13407 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13408 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13409 how the hiding is done:
13412 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13413 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13416 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13417 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13418 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13419 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13420 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13423 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13424 #endif lines when hiding.
13426 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13427 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13430 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13431 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13432 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13434 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13438 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13439 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13441 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13443 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13444 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13446 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13448 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13449 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13451 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13455 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13456 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
13457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13459 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13460 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13461 Each element has the form
13462 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13464 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13465 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13467 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13468 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13470 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13471 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13472 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13473 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13474 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13475 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13477 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13478 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13480 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13481 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13483 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13484 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13485 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13487 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13488 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13489 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13490 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13491 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13492 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13494 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13495 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13496 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13498 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13499 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13501 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13504 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13510 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13511 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13512 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13513 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13514 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17843 45610))
13515 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13517 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13518 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13519 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13521 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13523 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13524 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13526 Without an argument:
13527 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13528 or passive state as determined by the variable
13529 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13532 With an argument ARG:
13533 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13534 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13535 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13537 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13538 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13539 not displayed in a different face.
13542 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13543 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13544 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13545 buffer with the contents of a file
13546 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13547 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13551 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13552 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13553 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13557 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13558 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13562 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13563 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13567 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13568 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13570 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13571 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13572 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13573 shown in the last face in the list.
13575 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13576 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13577 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13579 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13583 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13584 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13586 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13588 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13591 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13592 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13594 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13595 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13596 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13598 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13600 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13601 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13603 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13604 this function is called interactively.
13606 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13607 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13608 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13610 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13611 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13612 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13614 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13616 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13617 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13619 When called interactively:
13620 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13621 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13622 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13623 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13625 When called from a program:
13626 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13627 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13628 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13629 - otherwise just turn it on
13631 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13632 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13633 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13634 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13640 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13641 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13642 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13643 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13644 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17843 45610))
13645 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13647 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13648 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13649 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13650 or insert functions in this list.")
13652 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13654 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13655 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13657 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13659 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13660 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13662 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13664 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13665 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13667 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13669 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13670 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13672 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13674 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13675 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13676 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13678 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13680 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13681 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13682 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13685 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13687 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13688 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13689 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13690 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13691 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13693 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13695 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13696 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13697 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13698 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13699 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13701 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13702 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13703 undoes the expansion.
13707 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13708 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13709 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13710 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13712 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13716 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13717 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
13718 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13720 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13721 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13722 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13724 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13725 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13726 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13727 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13728 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13730 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13731 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13732 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13733 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13737 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13738 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13739 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13741 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13742 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13744 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13746 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13747 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13748 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13750 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13751 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13757 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13758 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
13759 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13761 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13762 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13763 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13765 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13769 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13770 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13772 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13773 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13774 different list. For example,
13776 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13777 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13779 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13780 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13782 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13783 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13784 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13785 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13788 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13790 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13794 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13795 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17843 45625))
13796 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13798 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13799 This function is obsolete.
13800 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13801 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13805 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13806 This function is obsolete.
13807 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13808 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13812 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13813 This function is obsolete.
13814 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13815 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13821 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17843
13823 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13825 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13826 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13832 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13833 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13834 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13835 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13836 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13837 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13838 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13839 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13840 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13841 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13842 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13843 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13844 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13845 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13846 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13847 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13848 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13849 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13850 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13851 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13852 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13853 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13854 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17843 45610))
13855 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13857 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13858 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13859 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13863 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13864 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13866 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13868 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13869 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13871 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13873 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13874 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13876 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13878 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13879 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13883 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13884 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13886 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13888 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13889 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13891 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13892 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13893 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13894 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13895 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13896 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13897 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13898 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13899 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13900 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13901 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13902 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13904 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13907 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13909 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13910 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13914 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13915 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13919 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13920 Remove the first filter group.
13924 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13925 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13927 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13929 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13930 Remove all filter groups.
13934 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13935 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13939 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13940 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13941 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13945 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13946 Kill the filter group at point.
13947 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13949 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13951 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13952 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13956 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13957 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13961 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13962 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13963 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13964 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13966 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13968 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13969 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13970 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13974 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13975 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13976 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13977 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13978 of replacing the current filters.
13982 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13983 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13987 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13988 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13992 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13993 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13995 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13996 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13997 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14001 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14002 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14006 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14007 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14011 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14012 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14013 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14016 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14018 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14019 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14020 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14022 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14024 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14025 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14029 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14030 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14034 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14035 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14036 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14037 of replacing the current filters.
14040 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14041 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14042 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14043 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14044 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14045 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14046 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14047 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14049 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14050 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14051 Default sorting modes are:
14052 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14053 Name - the name of the buffer
14054 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14055 Size - the size of the buffer
14059 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14060 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14063 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14064 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14065 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14066 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14068 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14069 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14073 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14074 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14075 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14076 for this Ibuffer session.
14078 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14080 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14081 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14082 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14083 for this Ibuffer session.
14085 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14087 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14088 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14090 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14091 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14093 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14094 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14096 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14098 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14099 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14101 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14102 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14104 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14106 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14107 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14111 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14112 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14114 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14115 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14116 hidden group filter, open it.
14118 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14119 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14120 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14124 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14125 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14126 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14130 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14131 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14133 The names are separated by a space.
14134 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14136 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14137 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14138 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14139 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14141 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14145 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14146 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14148 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14150 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14151 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14153 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14155 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14156 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14158 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14160 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14161 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14165 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14166 Mark all modified buffers.
14170 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14171 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14175 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14176 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14180 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14181 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14185 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14186 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14190 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14191 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14195 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14196 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14200 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14201 Mark all read-only buffers.
14205 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14206 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14210 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14211 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14212 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14215 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14219 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14220 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17843
14222 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14224 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14225 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14227 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14228 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14229 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14231 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14232 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14233 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14234 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14235 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14236 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14238 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14239 title of the column.
14241 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14242 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14243 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14244 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14245 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14247 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14249 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14250 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14251 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14252 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14253 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14255 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14256 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14257 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14259 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14261 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14262 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14263 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14264 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14265 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14266 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14268 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14269 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14270 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14271 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14272 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14273 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14274 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14275 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14277 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14278 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14279 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14280 buffer's modification flag.
14281 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14282 prompted before performing this operation.
14283 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14284 operation is complete, in the form:
14285 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14286 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14287 confirmation message, in the form:
14288 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14289 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14290 macro for exactly what it does.
14292 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14294 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14295 Define a filter named NAME.
14296 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14297 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14298 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14300 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14301 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14302 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14303 bound to the current value of the filter.
14305 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14309 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14310 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17843 45610))
14311 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14313 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14314 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14315 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14316 buffers which are visiting a file.
14318 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14320 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14321 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14322 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14323 buffers which are visiting a file.
14325 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14327 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14328 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14329 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14331 All arguments are optional.
14332 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14333 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14334 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14335 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14336 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14337 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14338 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14339 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14340 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14341 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14342 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14343 that value locally in this buffer.
14345 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14349 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14350 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14351 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17843 45615))
14352 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14354 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14355 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14356 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14357 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14359 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14361 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14362 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14363 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14364 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14366 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14367 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14368 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14370 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14372 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14373 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14374 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14375 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14376 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14377 non-marking or not.
14379 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14381 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14382 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14384 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14385 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14388 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14389 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14390 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14392 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14395 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14396 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14397 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14399 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14403 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17843
14405 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14407 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14408 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14409 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14412 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14414 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14416 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14417 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14418 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14424 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17843 45628))
14425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14427 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14428 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14429 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14430 Tab indents for Icon code.
14431 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14432 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14434 Variables controlling indentation style:
14435 icon-tab-always-indent
14436 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14437 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14439 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14440 inserted in Icon code.
14442 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14443 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14444 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14445 icon-continued-statement-offset
14446 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14447 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14448 icon-continued-brace-offset
14449 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14450 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14452 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14453 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14454 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14455 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14457 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14458 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14464 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14465 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
14466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14468 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14469 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14470 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14471 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14473 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14474 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14477 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14478 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14480 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14481 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14482 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14484 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14486 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14490 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14491 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
14492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14494 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14495 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14497 The main features of this mode are
14499 1. Indentation and Formatting
14500 --------------------------
14501 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14502 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14504 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14505 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14506 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14507 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14509 Comments are indented as follows:
14511 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14512 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14513 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14515 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14517 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14518 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14519 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14520 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14521 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14522 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14524 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14525 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14526 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14527 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14531 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14532 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14533 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14534 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14535 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14536 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14537 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14538 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14539 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14540 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14545 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14546 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14547 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14548 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14552 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14553 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14554 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14555 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14556 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14559 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14560 --------------------------------
14561 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14562 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14564 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14565 \\fu FUNCTION template
14566 \\c CASE statement template
14567 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14568 \\f FOR loop template
14569 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14570 \\w WHILE loop template
14571 \\i IF statement template
14572 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14575 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14576 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14578 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14579 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14580 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14581 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14583 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14584 -------------------------
14585 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14586 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14588 7. Automatic END completion
14589 ------------------------
14590 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14591 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14595 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14596 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14598 9. Documentation and Customization
14599 -------------------------------
14600 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14601 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14602 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14603 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14604 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14608 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14609 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14610 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14612 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14615 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14619 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14620 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14621 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14622 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14623 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14624 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14625 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14626 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17845
14628 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14630 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14631 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14632 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14633 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14635 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14636 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14637 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14639 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14640 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14642 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14644 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14645 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14646 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14647 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14648 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14649 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14650 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14651 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14652 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14656 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14657 Switch to another buffer.
14658 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14659 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14662 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14663 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14664 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14665 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14666 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14668 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14669 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14671 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14672 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14674 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14675 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14676 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14677 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14678 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14679 in a separate window.
14680 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14681 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14682 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14683 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14684 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14685 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14686 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14687 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14688 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14692 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14693 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14694 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14695 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14699 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14700 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14701 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14702 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14706 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14708 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14709 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14713 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14714 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14715 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14716 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14720 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14721 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14722 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14723 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14727 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14728 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14732 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14733 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14734 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14735 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14736 visible in another frame.
14738 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14739 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14740 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14741 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14742 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14743 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14745 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14746 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14748 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14749 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14751 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14752 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14753 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14754 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14755 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14756 in a separate window.
14757 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14758 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14759 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14760 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14761 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14762 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14763 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14764 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14765 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14766 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14767 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14768 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14769 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14770 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14771 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14775 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14776 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14777 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14778 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14782 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14783 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14784 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14785 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14789 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14790 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14791 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14792 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14796 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14797 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14798 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14799 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14803 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14804 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14805 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14806 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14810 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14811 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14812 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14813 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14817 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14818 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14819 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14820 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14824 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14825 Write current buffer to a file.
14826 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14827 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14831 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14832 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14833 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14834 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14838 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14839 Call `dired' the ido way.
14840 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14841 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14845 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14846 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14847 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14848 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14849 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14850 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14852 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14854 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14855 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14856 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14857 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14859 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14861 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14862 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14863 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14864 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14866 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14868 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14869 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14870 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14871 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14872 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14873 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14874 with `completing-read'.
14875 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14876 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14877 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14878 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14879 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14880 with point positioned at the end.
14881 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14882 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14884 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14888 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17843 45610))
14889 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14890 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14892 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14893 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14894 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14900 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14901 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
14902 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14904 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14905 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14909 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14910 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14916 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14917 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14918 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14919 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14920 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17843 45610))
14921 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14923 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14924 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14925 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14928 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14930 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14931 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14932 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14937 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14938 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14939 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14942 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14944 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14945 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14946 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14949 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14951 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14952 Determine and return image type.
14953 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14954 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14955 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14956 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14957 use its file extension as image type.
14958 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14960 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14962 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14963 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14964 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14966 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14968 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
14969 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14970 Whether image types are auto-detectable or not depends on the setting
14971 of the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'.
14973 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
14977 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14979 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14980 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14981 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14982 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14983 use its file extension as image type.
14984 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14985 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14986 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14987 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14989 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14991 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14993 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14994 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14995 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14996 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14997 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14998 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14999 POS may be an integer or marker.
15000 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15001 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15002 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15003 means display it in the right marginal area.
15005 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15007 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15008 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15009 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15010 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15011 defaulted if you omit it.
15012 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15013 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15014 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15015 means display it in the right marginal area.
15016 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15017 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15018 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15019 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15020 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15022 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15024 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15025 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15026 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15027 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15028 defaulted if you omit it.
15029 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15030 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15031 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15032 means display it in the right marginal area.
15033 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15035 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15037 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15038 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15039 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15040 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15042 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15044 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15045 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15047 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15049 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15050 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15051 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15052 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15053 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15054 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15055 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15056 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15059 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15061 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15063 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15065 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15066 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15068 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15069 documentation string.
15071 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15072 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15073 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15074 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15075 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15076 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15077 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15082 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15083 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15085 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15089 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15090 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15091 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17843 45610))
15092 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15094 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15095 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15096 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15097 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15099 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15100 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15101 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15102 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15104 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15106 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15107 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15108 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15109 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15111 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15112 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15113 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15114 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15116 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15118 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15119 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15123 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15124 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15125 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15126 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15128 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15130 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15131 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15132 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15133 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15134 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15135 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15137 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15139 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15140 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15141 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15142 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15144 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15145 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15146 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15152 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15153 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17843 45610))
15154 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15155 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15156 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15157 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15158 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15159 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15160 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15162 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15163 Major mode for image files.
15164 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15165 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15169 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15170 Toggle Image minor mode.
15171 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15172 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15176 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15177 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15178 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15179 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15180 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15181 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15183 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15184 information on these modes.
15190 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15191 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17843 45610))
15192 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15194 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15195 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15197 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15199 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15200 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15203 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15205 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15206 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15207 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15209 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15211 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15212 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15214 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15215 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15216 pattern's structure.
15218 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15219 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15220 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15223 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15225 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15226 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15228 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15229 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15230 called within a `save-excursion'.
15232 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15234 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15236 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15237 Function for finding the next index position.
15239 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15240 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15241 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15244 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15245 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15247 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15249 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15250 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15252 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15253 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15254 It should return the name for that index item.")
15256 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15258 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15259 Function to compare string with index item.
15261 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15262 non-nil if they match.
15264 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15265 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15266 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15267 arguments match\".")
15269 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15271 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15272 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15273 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15275 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15277 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15279 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15281 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15282 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15283 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15284 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15288 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15289 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15291 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15295 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15296 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15297 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15298 for more information.
15300 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15304 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15305 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15306 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17843 45620))
15307 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15309 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15310 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15312 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15314 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15317 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15319 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15322 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15324 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15327 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15329 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15330 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15331 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15332 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15333 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15335 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15337 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15338 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15339 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15340 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15341 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15343 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15347 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15348 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15349 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17843 45628))
15350 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15352 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15353 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15354 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15355 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15356 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15358 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15360 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15361 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15363 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15365 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15366 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15367 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15368 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15369 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15370 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15371 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15372 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15374 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15376 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15377 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15378 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15379 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15380 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15382 This variable is only used if the variable
15383 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15385 More precise choices:
15386 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15387 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15390 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15392 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15394 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15395 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15397 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15398 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15399 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15401 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15402 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15403 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15404 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15407 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15409 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15413 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15414 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15415 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15416 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17843 45610))
15417 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15419 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15420 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15422 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15423 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15424 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15426 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15427 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15428 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15429 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15430 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15431 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15432 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15433 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15434 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15435 with the top-level Info directory.
15437 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15438 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15439 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15440 appended to the Info buffer name.
15442 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15443 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15444 in all the directories in that path.
15446 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15448 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15449 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15453 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15454 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15455 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15456 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15460 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15461 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15462 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15463 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15465 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15467 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15468 Go to the Info directory node.
15472 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15473 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15474 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15475 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15476 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15477 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15479 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15481 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15482 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15483 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15485 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15487 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15488 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15489 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15490 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15491 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15493 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15494 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15496 Selecting other nodes:
15497 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15498 Follow a node reference you click on.
15499 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15500 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15501 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15502 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15503 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15504 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15505 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15506 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15507 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15508 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15509 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15510 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15511 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15512 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15513 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15514 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15515 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15516 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15517 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15518 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15520 Moving within a node:
15521 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15522 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15523 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15524 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15525 move up to the parent node.
15526 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15527 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15529 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15532 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15533 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15534 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15535 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15536 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15537 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15538 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15539 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15540 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15541 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15542 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15543 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15544 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15545 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15546 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15547 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15550 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15552 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15553 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15554 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15555 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15556 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15557 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15559 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15560 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15562 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15563 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15565 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15566 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15567 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15568 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15572 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15573 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15574 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15580 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15581 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15582 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
15583 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15585 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15586 Throw away all cached data.
15587 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15588 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15592 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15594 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15595 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15596 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15597 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15598 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15599 one found at point.
15601 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15603 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15604 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15606 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15607 Display the documentation of a file.
15608 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15609 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15610 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15611 The default file name is the one found at point.
15613 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15615 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15617 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15618 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15620 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15622 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15623 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15625 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15629 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15630 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17843 45610))
15631 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15633 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15634 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15636 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15638 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15639 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15640 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15644 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15645 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15646 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15648 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15649 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15656 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15657 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17843 45610))
15658 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15660 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15661 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15663 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15665 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15666 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15667 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15669 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15670 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15671 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15673 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15674 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15675 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15676 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15680 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15681 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15682 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15686 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15687 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15688 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15689 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15690 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15696 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15697 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15698 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
15699 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15701 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15702 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15706 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15707 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15711 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15714 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15718 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17843
15720 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15722 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15723 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15724 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15725 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15726 accessed via isearchb.
15732 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15733 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
15734 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15736 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15737 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15738 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15739 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15740 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15741 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15743 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15744 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15746 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15747 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15748 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15749 \"s gives German sharp s.
15750 /a gives a with ring.
15751 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15752 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15753 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15754 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15756 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15757 and a negative argument disables it.
15759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15763 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15764 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15765 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15766 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17843 45618))
15767 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15769 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15770 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15771 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15772 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15774 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15776 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15777 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15778 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15779 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15781 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15783 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15784 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15785 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15786 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15788 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15790 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15791 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15792 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15793 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15795 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15797 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15798 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15799 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15800 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15802 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15804 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15805 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15806 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15807 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15809 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15811 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15812 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15813 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15814 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15816 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15818 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15819 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15820 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15821 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15823 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15825 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15826 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15827 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15828 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15830 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15832 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15833 Warn that format is read-only.
15837 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15838 Warn that format is write-only.
15842 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15843 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15850 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
15851 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15852 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15853 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15854 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15858 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15859 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15860 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15861 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15862 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15863 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
15864 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15865 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15867 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15868 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15869 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15870 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15872 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15873 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15875 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15876 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15877 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15879 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15880 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15883 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15885 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15887 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15889 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15891 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15893 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15895 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15897 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15898 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15900 Each element of this list is also a list:
15902 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15903 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15905 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15906 nil means the default dictionary.
15908 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15911 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15913 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15914 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15915 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15916 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15917 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15918 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15919 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15920 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15921 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15923 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15924 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15925 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15926 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15927 for non-ASCII bytes.
15929 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15930 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15933 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15936 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15937 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15938 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15939 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15940 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15941 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15942 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15943 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15945 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15947 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15948 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15949 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15951 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15952 Key map for ispell menu.")
15954 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15955 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15956 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15957 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15959 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15961 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15963 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15965 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15967 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15968 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15969 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15970 Valid forms include:
15971 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15972 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15973 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15974 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15976 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15977 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15978 First list is used raw.
15979 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15981 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15982 for skipping in latex mode.")
15984 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15985 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15986 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15987 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15988 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15989 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15991 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15992 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15993 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15994 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15996 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15997 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15998 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15999 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16000 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16002 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16003 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16005 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16006 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16008 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16009 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16012 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16013 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16014 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16015 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16016 quit spell session exited.
16018 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16020 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16021 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16022 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16024 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16026 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16027 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16031 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16032 SPC: Accept word this time.
16033 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16034 `a': Accept word for this session.
16035 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16036 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16037 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16038 `?': Show these commands.
16039 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16040 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16041 the aborted check to be completed later.
16042 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16043 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16044 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16045 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16046 `C-l': redraws screen
16047 `C-r': recursive edit
16048 `C-z': suspend Emacs or iconify frame
16052 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16053 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16054 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16056 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16058 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16059 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16060 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16061 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16063 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16065 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16067 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16068 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16069 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16070 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16072 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16074 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16075 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16079 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16080 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16084 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16085 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16089 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16090 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16091 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16092 sequence inside of a word.
16094 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16096 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16098 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16099 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16103 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16104 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16105 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16106 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16108 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16109 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16110 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16111 available on the net.
16115 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16116 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16117 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16119 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16120 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16122 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16123 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16127 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16128 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16129 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16130 Don't check included messages.
16132 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16133 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16134 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16136 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16137 in your .emacs file:
16138 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16139 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16140 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16141 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16143 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16144 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16145 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16151 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17827
16153 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16155 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16156 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16157 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16158 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16159 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16160 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16162 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16164 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16165 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16166 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16167 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16168 `iswitchb' for details.
16170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16174 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16175 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16176 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16177 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17843 45620))
16178 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16180 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16185 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16186 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16187 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16188 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16189 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16190 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16191 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16192 necessary to represent OBJ.
16194 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16196 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16197 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16198 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16199 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16201 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16203 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16204 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16205 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16206 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16207 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16209 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16211 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16212 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16213 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16214 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16216 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16218 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16219 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16220 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16221 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16223 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16225 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16226 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16228 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16230 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16231 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16232 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16233 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16234 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16236 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16238 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16239 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16240 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16241 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16242 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16244 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16246 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16247 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16248 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16250 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16254 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16255 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17843 45610))
16256 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16258 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16259 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16260 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16261 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16263 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16266 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16268 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16269 Uninstall jka-compr.
16270 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16271 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16272 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16278 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16279 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16280 ;;;;;; (17838 18033))
16281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16283 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16284 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16285 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16286 decimal key must be specified.")
16288 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16290 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16291 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16292 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16293 decimal key must be specified.")
16295 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16297 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16298 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16299 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16300 decimal key must be specified.")
16302 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16304 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16305 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16306 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16307 decimal key must be specified.")
16309 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16311 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16312 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16313 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16314 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16315 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16319 -------------------------------------------------------------
16320 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16321 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16322 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16323 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16324 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16325 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16326 in the global and local keymaps.
16328 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16329 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16331 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16335 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16336 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
16337 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16339 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16340 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16341 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16343 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16344 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16345 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16346 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16349 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16350 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16351 the context of text formatting.
16353 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16357 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17843
16359 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16361 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16362 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16363 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16364 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16365 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16366 positions that contains the current selection.")
16368 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16369 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16370 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16371 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16372 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16373 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16374 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16376 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16380 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16381 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16382 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16383 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17838 18033))
16384 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16385 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16386 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16387 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16388 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16389 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16390 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16391 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16393 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16394 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16395 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16396 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16397 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16399 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16401 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16402 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16403 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16405 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16406 defining the macro.
16408 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16409 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16410 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16412 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16413 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16417 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16418 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16419 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16420 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16421 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16424 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16425 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16426 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16430 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16431 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16432 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16434 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16435 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16436 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16437 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16439 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16440 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16442 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16444 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16445 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16446 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16448 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16451 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16452 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16454 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16455 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16456 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16458 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16459 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16463 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16464 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16465 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16466 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16468 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16470 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16471 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16472 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16473 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16475 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16476 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16478 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16480 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16481 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16482 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16484 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16488 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16489 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16490 ;;;;;; (17843 45620))
16491 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16493 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16495 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16498 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16500 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16503 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16505 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16508 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16512 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16513 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17843 45620))
16514 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16516 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16517 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16518 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16520 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16527 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16528 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
16529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16531 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16533 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16534 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16538 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16540 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16541 Start or resume an Lm game.
16542 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16543 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16545 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16546 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16547 none / 1 | yes | no
16552 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16553 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16554 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16560 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16561 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16562 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17843
16564 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16566 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16569 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16571 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16572 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16573 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16574 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16575 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16576 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16578 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16579 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16581 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16583 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16584 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16586 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16588 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16591 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16593 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16594 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16595 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16596 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16599 The return value is number of composed characters.
16601 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16603 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16606 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16610 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16611 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16612 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17843 45618))
16613 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16615 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16616 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16617 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16618 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16620 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16622 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16623 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16624 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16626 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16628 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16629 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16630 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16634 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16635 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16636 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16637 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16639 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16643 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16644 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17843 45619))
16645 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16647 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16648 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16649 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16650 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16651 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16652 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16653 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16654 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16656 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16657 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16659 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16660 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16662 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16664 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16665 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16666 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16667 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16668 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16669 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16670 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16671 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16673 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16675 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16676 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16677 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16678 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16681 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16683 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16687 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16688 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17843 45625))
16689 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16691 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16692 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16693 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16694 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16696 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16698 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16699 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16702 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16704 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16705 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16706 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16707 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16708 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16711 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16712 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16713 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16714 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16715 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16717 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16718 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16719 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16720 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16721 slow to keep up with your typing.
16723 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16724 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16725 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16726 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16727 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16728 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16730 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16731 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16732 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16733 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16735 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16736 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16737 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16738 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16740 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16741 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16742 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16743 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16744 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16748 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16749 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16755 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16756 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
16757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16759 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16761 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16763 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16764 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16770 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16771 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
16772 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16774 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16775 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16777 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16778 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16780 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16781 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16783 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16784 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16785 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16786 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16787 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16788 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16789 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16790 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16791 and transmit saved text.
16794 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16795 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16799 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16806 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17843 45626))
16807 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16809 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16810 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16811 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16812 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16813 generations (this defaults to 1).
16815 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16819 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17843
16821 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16823 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16824 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16825 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16826 is nil, raise an error.
16828 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16829 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16830 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16831 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16832 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16833 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16834 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16835 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16836 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16838 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16842 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16843 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17843 45610))
16844 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16846 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16847 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16848 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16850 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16852 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16853 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16854 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16855 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16857 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16858 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16859 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16860 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16861 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16862 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16865 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16866 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16868 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16869 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16871 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16873 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16874 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16875 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16876 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16877 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16878 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16879 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16880 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16881 to constrain a big search.
16883 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16884 except that FILTER is not optional.
16886 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16890 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17843 45610))
16891 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16893 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16894 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16895 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16896 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16897 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16898 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16899 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16900 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16901 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16902 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16903 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16904 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16905 uses the current buffer.
16907 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16911 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17843
16913 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16915 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16916 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16922 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17843
16924 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16926 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16927 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16928 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16929 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16930 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16932 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16933 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16934 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16936 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16937 are indicated with a symbol.
16939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16943 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16944 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17843
16946 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16948 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16950 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16952 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16953 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16954 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16956 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16957 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16959 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16960 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16961 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16962 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16963 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16964 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16965 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16967 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
16969 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16970 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16971 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16972 switch on this list.
16973 See `lpr-command'.")
16975 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
16977 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16978 *Name of program for printing a file.
16980 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16981 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16982 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16983 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16984 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16985 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16988 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
16990 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16991 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16992 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16993 for customization of the printer command.
16997 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16998 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17000 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17001 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17002 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17003 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17005 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17006 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17008 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17009 for further customization of the printer command.
17013 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17014 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17015 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17016 for customization of the printer command.
17018 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17020 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17021 Paginate and print the region contents.
17023 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17024 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17025 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17026 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17028 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17029 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17031 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17032 for further customization of the printer command.
17034 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17038 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17039 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
17040 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17042 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17043 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17044 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17046 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17050 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17843
17052 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17054 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17055 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17056 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17058 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17064 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17843
17066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17068 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17069 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17076 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17077 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
17078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17080 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17081 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17082 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17083 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17084 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17086 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17090 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17091 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17843 45611))
17092 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17094 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17095 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17096 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17097 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17098 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17100 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17102 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17103 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17104 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17105 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17107 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17108 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17109 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17110 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17113 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17114 use this command, and then save the file.
17116 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17118 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17119 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17120 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17121 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17122 each time the macro executes.
17123 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17124 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17125 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17126 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17127 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17128 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17129 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17133 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17134 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17135 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17136 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17138 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17139 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17140 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17143 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17144 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17146 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17147 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17148 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17149 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17150 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17152 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17155 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17156 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17157 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17159 You could enter the names in this format:
17165 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17168 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17171 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17172 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17174 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17175 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17179 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17180 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17843 45621))
17181 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17183 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17184 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17185 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17186 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17187 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17188 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17190 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17191 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17192 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17193 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17194 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17196 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17197 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17198 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17201 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17203 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17204 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17206 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17210 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17211 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17212 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
17213 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17215 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17216 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17220 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17225 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17226 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17228 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17230 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17231 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17232 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17235 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17241 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17242 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17243 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17843
17245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17247 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17248 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17249 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17250 often correct parser.")
17252 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17254 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17257 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17259 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17260 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17261 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17262 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17264 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17266 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17267 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17268 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17269 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17271 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17273 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17274 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17275 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17276 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17277 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17278 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17279 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17282 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17284 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17285 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17286 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17287 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17288 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17289 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17291 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17295 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17296 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17843 45621))
17297 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17299 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17300 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17304 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17305 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17306 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17308 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17310 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17311 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17312 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17314 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17318 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17319 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17843
17321 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17323 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17324 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17325 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17327 If `parens', they look like:
17328 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17329 If `angles', they look like:
17330 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17332 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17334 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17335 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17336 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17337 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17338 their `Resent-' variants.
17340 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17341 removed from alias expansions.
17343 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17345 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17346 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17347 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17349 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17350 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17351 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17352 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17354 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17356 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17357 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17358 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17359 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17365 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17366 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
17367 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17369 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17370 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17371 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17372 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17378 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17379 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17380 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17843 45628))
17381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17383 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17384 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17386 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17387 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17388 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17389 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17390 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17391 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17393 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17394 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17395 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17396 dependency, despite the colon.
17398 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17400 In the browser, use the following keys:
17402 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17404 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17406 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17407 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17409 `makefile-target-colon':
17410 The string that gets appended to all target names
17411 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17412 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17414 `makefile-macro-assign':
17415 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17416 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17417 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17418 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17419 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17420 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17422 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17423 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17424 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17426 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17427 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17429 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17430 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17431 up or down in the browser.
17433 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17434 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17436 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17437 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17439 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17440 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17441 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17442 has been selected in the browser.
17444 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17445 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17446 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17447 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17448 filenames are omitted.
17450 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17451 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17452 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17453 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17454 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17455 the backslash itself intact.
17456 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17457 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17459 `makefile-browser-hook':
17460 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17461 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17463 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17464 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17465 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17466 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17470 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17471 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17475 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17476 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17480 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17481 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17485 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17486 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17490 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17491 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17497 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17843
17499 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17501 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17502 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17503 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17509 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17843 45611))
17510 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17512 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17514 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17515 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17516 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17517 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17518 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17519 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17520 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17522 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17523 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17524 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17525 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17527 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17529 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17530 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17532 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17536 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17843 45611))
17537 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17539 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17540 Toggle Master mode.
17541 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17542 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17543 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17545 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17546 following commands:
17548 \\{master-mode-map}
17550 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17551 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17552 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17558 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17843
17560 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17562 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17564 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17565 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17566 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17567 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17568 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17569 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17571 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17573 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17574 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17575 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17576 created in the future.
17577 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17578 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17584 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17585 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17586 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17587 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17588 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17589 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17590 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17591 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17592 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17593 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17594 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17843 45617))
17595 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17597 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17598 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17600 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17602 If `parens', they look like:
17603 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17604 If `angles', they look like:
17605 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17607 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17608 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17610 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17612 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17613 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17615 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17617 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17618 *Local news organization file.")
17620 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17622 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17623 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17624 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17625 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17627 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17628 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17629 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17631 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17633 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17635 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17636 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17638 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17639 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17640 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17641 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17643 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17645 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17646 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17647 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17648 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17650 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17652 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17653 *Function for citing an original message.
17654 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17655 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17656 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17658 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17660 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17661 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17662 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17663 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17664 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17666 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17668 (defvar message-signature t "\
17669 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17670 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17671 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17672 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17674 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17676 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17677 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17678 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17679 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17681 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17683 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17684 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17686 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17688 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17690 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17691 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17692 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17693 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17694 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17695 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17696 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17697 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17698 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17699 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17700 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17701 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17702 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17703 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17704 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17705 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17706 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17707 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17708 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17709 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17710 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17711 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17712 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17713 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17714 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17715 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17716 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17717 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17718 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17719 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17720 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17721 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17722 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17723 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17724 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17725 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17726 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17730 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17731 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17732 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17734 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17736 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17737 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17739 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17741 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17742 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17744 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17746 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17747 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17749 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17751 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17752 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17753 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17755 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17757 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17758 Cancel an article you posted.
17759 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17763 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17764 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17765 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17766 header line with the old Message-ID.
17770 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17771 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17775 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17776 Forward the current message via mail.
17777 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17778 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17780 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17782 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17785 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17787 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17790 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17792 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17793 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17797 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17798 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17800 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17802 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17803 Re-mail the current message.
17804 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17805 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17810 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17811 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17813 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17815 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17816 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17818 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17820 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17821 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17823 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17825 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17826 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17828 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17830 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17831 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17832 Works by overstriking characters.
17833 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17834 which specify the range to operate on.
17836 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17838 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17839 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17840 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17841 which specify the range to operate on.
17843 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17847 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17848 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
17849 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17851 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17852 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17856 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17857 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17861 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17862 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17866 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17867 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17873 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17874 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17875 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
17876 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17878 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17879 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17880 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17884 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17885 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17886 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17887 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17888 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17889 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17890 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17892 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17894 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17895 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17896 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17897 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17898 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17900 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17901 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17903 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17905 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17906 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17907 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17908 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17909 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17911 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17912 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17914 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17918 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17919 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17920 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17843 45622))
17921 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17923 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17924 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17925 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17929 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17930 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17931 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17935 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17936 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17938 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17939 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17940 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17942 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17943 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17945 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17946 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17948 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17950 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17952 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17953 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17954 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17955 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17956 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17959 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17960 initial Subject field, respectively.
17962 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17963 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17966 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17969 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17971 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17972 Save draft and send message.
17974 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17975 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17976 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17979 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17980 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17981 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17983 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17984 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17985 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17986 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17987 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17988 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17990 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17991 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17995 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17996 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17998 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17999 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18000 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18001 delete the draft message.
18007 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17843 45622))
18008 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18010 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18012 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18014 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18016 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18017 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18023 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18024 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17843 45622))
18025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18027 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18028 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18029 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18031 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18032 the MH mail system.
18034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18036 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18037 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18038 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18040 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18041 the MH mail system.
18043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18045 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18046 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18048 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18049 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18050 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18053 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18054 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18055 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18058 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18062 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18063 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18064 can be used in several ways.
18066 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18067 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18068 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18069 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18073 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18074 The range must be nonempty.
18079 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18080 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18087 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18090 All of the messages.
18092 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18093 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18095 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18096 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18097 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18099 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18105 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18106 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17843 45611))
18107 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18109 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18110 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18111 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18112 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18113 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18114 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18115 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18116 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18117 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18118 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18119 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18123 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18124 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18125 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18126 to its second argument TM.
18128 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18132 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18133 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17843 45611))
18134 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18136 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18137 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18138 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18139 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18140 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18141 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18143 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18145 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18146 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18147 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18148 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18149 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18150 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18151 default indication.
18153 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18154 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18160 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18161 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
18162 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18164 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18165 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18170 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18174 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18175 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18176 ;;;;;; (17843 45620))
18177 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18179 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18182 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18184 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18187 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18189 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18190 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18191 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18194 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18198 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18199 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17843 45617))
18200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18202 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18203 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18205 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18207 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18208 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18209 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18210 the entire message.
18211 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18213 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18217 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18218 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
18219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18221 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18222 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18223 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18224 the entire message.
18225 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18227 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18231 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18232 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17843 45617))
18233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18235 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18236 Insert file contents of URL.
18237 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18239 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18241 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18242 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18244 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18248 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18249 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17843 45617))
18250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18252 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18253 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18254 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18255 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18256 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18258 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18260 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18261 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18262 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18264 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18268 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18269 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
18270 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18272 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18275 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18277 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18280 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18284 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18285 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18286 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17843 45617))
18287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18289 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18292 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18294 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18297 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18299 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18302 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18304 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18307 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18309 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18312 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18314 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18317 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18319 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18326 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18327 ;;;;;; (17276 54295))
18328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18330 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18331 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18332 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18333 followed by the first character of the construct.
18335 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18336 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18337 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18338 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18339 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18340 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18341 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18342 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18343 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18344 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18345 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18346 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18347 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18350 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18351 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18352 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18358 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18359 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
18360 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18362 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18363 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18365 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18367 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18368 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18370 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18374 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17843
18376 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18378 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18379 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18380 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18381 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18382 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18383 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18385 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18387 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18388 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18389 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18390 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18392 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18394 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18396 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18398 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18399 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18400 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18401 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18402 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18403 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18405 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18406 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18407 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18408 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18409 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18411 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18412 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18414 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18415 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18417 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18419 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18420 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18421 primary selection and region.
18423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18427 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17843 45626))
18428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18430 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18431 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18437 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17843 45611))
18438 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18440 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18441 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18442 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18443 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18444 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18445 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18447 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18449 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18451 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18452 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18453 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18459 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18460 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18461 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18462 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18463 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18464 ;;;;;; (17843 45619))
18465 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18467 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18468 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18469 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18470 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18471 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18472 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18473 set of ISO charsets.
18475 Each element has the following format:
18476 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18478 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18480 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18481 CHARSET are mapped.
18483 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18484 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18485 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18486 character code in CHARSET.
18488 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18489 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18490 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18492 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18493 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18495 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18496 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18498 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18499 Display a list of all character sets.
18501 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18502 internal Emacs use.
18504 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18505 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18506 hexadecimal digits.
18507 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18508 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18510 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18511 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18512 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18513 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18515 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18516 but still shows the full information.
18520 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18521 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18522 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18523 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18524 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18526 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18527 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18528 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18529 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18530 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18532 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18534 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18535 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18536 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18537 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18538 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18540 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18542 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18543 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18545 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18547 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18548 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18550 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18552 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18553 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18555 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18556 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18558 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18559 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18560 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18561 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18562 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18563 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18564 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18565 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18566 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18567 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18568 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18569 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18570 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18571 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18572 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18573 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18577 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18578 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18582 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18583 Display a list of all coding systems.
18584 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18586 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18587 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18591 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18592 Display a list of all coding categories.
18596 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18597 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18598 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18600 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18602 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18603 Display information about FONTSET.
18604 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18606 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18608 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18609 Display a list of all fontsets.
18610 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18611 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18612 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18616 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18617 Display information about all input methods.
18621 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18622 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18624 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18625 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18626 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18627 system which uses fontsets).
18633 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18634 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18635 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18636 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18637 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18638 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17843 45619))
18639 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18641 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18642 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18643 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18645 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18647 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18649 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18650 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18652 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18653 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18655 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18656 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18658 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18660 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18661 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18662 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18663 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18664 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18665 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18666 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18668 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18669 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18670 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18671 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18672 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18673 middle of a character in STR.
18675 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18676 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18678 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18679 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18680 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18681 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18682 defaults to \"...\".
18684 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18686 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18687 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18689 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18690 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18691 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18693 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18694 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18695 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18697 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18698 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18699 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18701 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18702 longer than KEYSEQ.
18703 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18705 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18707 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18708 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18709 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18710 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18711 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18712 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18713 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18714 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18715 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18716 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18717 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18719 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18721 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18722 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18724 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18726 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18727 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18729 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18731 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18732 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18734 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18736 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18737 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18739 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18741 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18742 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18743 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18744 coding systems ordered by priority.
18746 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18748 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18749 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18750 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18751 language environment LANG-ENV.
18753 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18755 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18756 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18757 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18758 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18759 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18760 basis, this may not be accurate.
18762 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18766 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18767 ;;;;;; (17843 45611))
18768 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18770 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18771 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18772 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18773 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18774 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18775 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18777 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18779 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18780 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18781 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18782 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18786 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18787 Enable mouse wheel support.
18789 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18793 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18794 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18795 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18796 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17843 45624))
18797 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18799 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18800 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18802 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18804 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18806 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18807 `ping-program-options'.
18811 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18812 Run ipconfig program.
18816 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18818 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18819 Run netstat program.
18823 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18824 Run the arp program.
18828 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18829 Run the route program.
18833 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18834 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18838 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18839 Run nslookup program.
18843 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18844 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18848 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18853 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18858 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18859 Finger USER on HOST.
18861 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18863 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18864 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18865 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18866 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18868 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18870 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18875 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18876 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18878 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18880 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18881 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18883 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18887 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18888 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18889 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18890 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18891 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18892 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17843 45611))
18893 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18895 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18897 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18899 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18901 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18903 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18904 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18905 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18906 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18907 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18908 Major modes should set this variable.")
18910 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18911 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18912 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18913 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18914 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18915 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18917 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18918 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18920 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18921 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18922 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18924 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18925 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18926 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18927 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18928 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18930 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18931 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18932 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18934 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18935 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18936 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18937 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18939 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18940 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18941 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18942 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18943 column indentation or nil.
18944 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18946 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18947 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18948 The function has no args.
18950 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18951 comments always start in column zero.")
18953 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18954 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18955 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18957 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18959 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18960 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18961 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18962 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18964 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18965 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18967 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
18969 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18970 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18971 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18972 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18973 customize this variable.
18975 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18976 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18978 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
18980 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18981 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18982 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18983 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18984 the variables are properly set.
18986 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18988 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18989 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18993 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18994 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18995 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18997 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18999 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19000 Set the comment column based on point.
19001 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19002 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19003 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19004 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19008 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19009 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19010 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19014 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19015 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19016 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19019 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19021 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19022 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19023 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19024 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19025 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19026 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19027 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19028 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19030 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19031 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19033 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19035 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19036 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19037 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19038 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19040 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19042 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19043 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19044 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19045 is passed on to the respective function.
19047 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19049 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19050 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19051 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19052 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19053 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19054 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19055 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19056 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19057 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19061 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19062 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19063 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19065 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19067 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19068 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19069 This indents the body of the continued comment
19070 under the previous comment line.
19072 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19073 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19074 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19076 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19077 or comment indentation.
19079 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19080 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19082 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19086 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19087 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19088 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17843 45624))
19089 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19091 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19092 Check whether newsticker is running.
19093 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19094 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19098 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19099 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19100 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19101 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19106 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19107 Start the newsticker.
19108 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19109 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19110 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19111 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19113 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19115 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19116 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19117 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19122 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19123 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19129 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19130 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19133 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19134 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19136 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19140 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17843
19142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19144 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19145 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19146 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19147 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19148 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19149 symbol in the alist.
19151 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19155 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19156 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19159 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19160 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19161 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19167 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19168 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19171 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19172 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19173 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19179 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19180 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19183 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19184 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19186 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19190 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19191 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17843 45617))
19192 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19194 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19195 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19199 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19200 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19204 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19205 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19211 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19212 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17843 45611))
19213 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19215 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19216 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19217 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19219 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19221 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19224 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19226 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19227 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19228 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19229 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19230 to future sessions.
19232 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19234 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19235 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19236 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19237 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19238 to future sessions.
19240 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19244 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19245 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
19246 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19248 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19249 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19251 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19252 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19253 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19259 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19260 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
19261 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19263 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19264 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19265 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19266 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19267 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19273 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19274 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
19275 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19277 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19278 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19279 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19281 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19283 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19284 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19286 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19287 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19288 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19292 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19296 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19297 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
19298 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19300 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19301 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19303 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19304 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19305 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19306 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19308 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19309 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19310 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19311 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19312 is why you need this mode!).
19314 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19315 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19316 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19318 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19323 \\{octave-mode-map}
19325 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19326 ==============================================
19329 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19332 octave-auto-newline
19333 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19336 octave-blink-matching-block
19337 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19338 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19340 octave-block-offset
19341 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19344 octave-continuation-offset
19345 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19348 octave-continuation-string
19349 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19350 Default is a backslash.
19352 octave-mode-startup-message
19353 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19356 octave-send-echo-input
19357 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19358 command to the inferior Octave process.
19360 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19361 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19362 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19364 octave-send-echo-input
19365 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19367 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19369 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19370 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19372 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19373 (setq auto-mode-alist
19374 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19376 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19377 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19379 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19383 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19384 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19386 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19387 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19388 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19389 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19395 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19396 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
19397 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19399 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19400 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19401 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19405 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19406 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19407 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19408 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19409 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19411 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19417 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19418 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19419 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19420 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19421 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19422 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19423 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
19424 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19426 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19427 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19428 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19430 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19431 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19432 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19433 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19434 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19435 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19436 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19437 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19438 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19439 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19441 The following commands are available:
19447 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19448 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19450 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19451 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19452 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19453 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19454 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19456 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19457 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19458 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19459 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19460 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19461 and zoom in further.
19462 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19464 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19465 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19466 is negative, go up that many levels.
19468 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19469 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19470 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19472 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19473 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19477 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19478 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19482 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19483 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19484 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19485 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19487 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19488 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19489 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19490 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19491 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19492 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19493 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19494 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19496 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19497 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19498 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19500 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19501 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19502 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19506 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19507 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19508 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19509 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19510 before running the agenda command.
19512 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19514 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19515 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19516 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19517 will be able to go to other weeks.
19518 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19519 also be shown, under the current date.
19520 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19521 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19522 to turn on logging.
19523 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19524 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19525 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19527 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19529 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19530 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19531 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19532 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19533 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19534 `org-todo-keywords'.
19538 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19539 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19540 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19541 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19545 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19546 Return diary information from org-files.
19547 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19548 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19549 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19550 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19552 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19553 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19554 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19556 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19557 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19558 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19559 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19561 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19562 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19563 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19565 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19566 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19567 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19568 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19570 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19572 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19574 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19575 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19579 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19580 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19583 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19585 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19586 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19587 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19589 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19591 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19592 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19593 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19595 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19597 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19598 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19599 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19600 \\[org-insert-link].
19601 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19602 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19603 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19607 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19608 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19609 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19610 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19611 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19615 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19616 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19617 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19618 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19622 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19623 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19624 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19625 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19626 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19627 file the text at a specific location.
19628 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19629 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19630 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19632 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19633 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19634 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19635 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19636 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19637 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19638 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19639 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19641 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19642 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19643 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19644 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19646 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19647 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19648 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19650 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19651 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19652 \(i.e. after the stars).
19654 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19658 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19659 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19663 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19664 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19668 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19669 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19670 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19671 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19675 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19676 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19677 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19678 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19682 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19683 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19684 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19690 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19691 ;;;;;; (17843 45611))
19692 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19693 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19695 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19696 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19697 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19698 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19700 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19701 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19702 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19703 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19705 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19706 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19707 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19708 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19709 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19710 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19712 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19713 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19714 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19716 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19717 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19718 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19719 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19720 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19721 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19722 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19723 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19724 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19725 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19726 The subheadings remain visible.
19727 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19729 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19730 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19731 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19733 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19734 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19738 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19739 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19740 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19741 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17843
19749 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19750 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19751 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19752 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19753 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19754 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19755 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19756 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19757 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19758 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19762 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17843 45611))
19763 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19765 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19766 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19767 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19769 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19770 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19772 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19774 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19775 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19776 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19777 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19779 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19780 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19786 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19787 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
19788 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19790 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19791 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19792 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19793 unknown are returned as nil.
19795 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19799 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17843
19801 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19803 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19804 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19805 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19807 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19808 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19810 Other useful functions are:
19812 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19813 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19814 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19815 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19816 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19817 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19818 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19819 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19820 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19822 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19824 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19825 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19826 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19827 Indentation for case statements.
19828 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19829 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19831 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19832 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19833 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19834 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19835 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19836 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19837 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19838 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19839 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19840 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19842 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19843 pascal-separator-keywords.
19845 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19846 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19852 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19853 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
19854 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19856 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19857 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19858 The keys affected are:
19859 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19860 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19861 M-Backspace does undo.
19862 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19863 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19864 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19870 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19871 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17843 45615))
19872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19874 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19875 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19876 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19878 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19879 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19881 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19883 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19884 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19886 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19888 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19889 which modify the status of the mark.
19891 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19892 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19894 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19895 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19897 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19898 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19899 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19900 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19901 turning PC Selection mode on.
19903 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19904 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19906 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19907 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19908 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19910 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19911 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19912 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19914 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19915 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19917 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19918 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19919 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19921 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19922 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19923 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19929 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19930 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19935 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19936 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19937 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19938 and cursor movement commands.
19939 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19940 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19941 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19943 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19947 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17843
19949 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19951 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19952 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19958 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19959 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17843 45611))
19960 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19962 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19963 Completion for `gzip'.
19967 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19968 Completion for `bzip2'.
19972 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19973 Completion for GNU `make'.
19977 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19978 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19982 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19986 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19987 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17843 45611))
19988 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19990 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19991 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19995 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19996 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20000 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20001 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20007 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17843
20009 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20011 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20012 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20013 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20014 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20015 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20016 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20022 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20023 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20024 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17843 45611))
20025 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20027 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20028 Completion for `cd'.
20032 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20034 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20035 Completion for `rmdir'.
20039 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20040 Completion for `rm'.
20044 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20045 Completion for `xargs'.
20049 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20051 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20052 Completion for `which'.
20056 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20057 Completion for the `chown' command.
20061 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20062 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20068 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20069 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20070 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17843
20072 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20074 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20075 Support extensible programmable completion.
20076 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20077 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20079 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20081 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20082 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20086 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20087 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20088 This will modify the current buffer.
20092 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20093 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20097 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20098 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20099 This will modify the current buffer.
20103 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20104 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20108 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20109 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20113 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20114 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20115 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20116 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20117 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20119 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20121 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20122 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20128 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20129 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20130 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17843 45612))
20131 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20133 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20134 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20135 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20136 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20138 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20140 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20142 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20143 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20144 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20145 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20146 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20147 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20150 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20152 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20153 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20154 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20155 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20156 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20157 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20158 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20159 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20161 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20163 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20164 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20165 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20166 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20167 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20168 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20169 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20172 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20174 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20175 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20176 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20177 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20178 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20179 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20180 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20182 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20184 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20186 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20187 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20188 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20190 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20192 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20193 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20194 nil means never do it.
20195 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20196 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20197 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20199 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20201 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20202 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20203 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17843 45611))
20208 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20210 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20214 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20215 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
20216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20218 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20219 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20220 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20221 Tab indents for Perl code.
20222 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20223 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20224 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20226 Variables controlling indentation style:
20227 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20228 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20229 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20230 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20231 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20232 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20233 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20235 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20236 `perl-indent-level'
20237 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20238 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20239 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20240 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20241 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20242 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20243 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20244 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20245 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20246 `perl-brace-offset'
20247 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20248 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20249 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20250 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20251 `perl-label-offset'
20252 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20253 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20254 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20256 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20257 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20258 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20259 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20260 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20261 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20262 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20264 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20270 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20271 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20272 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20273 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17843 45612))
20274 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20276 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20277 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20279 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20281 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20282 passphrase cache or user.
20284 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20286 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20287 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20289 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20292 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20294 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20295 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20297 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20300 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20301 passphrase cache or user.
20303 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20305 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20306 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20308 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20310 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20313 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20314 passphrase cache or user.
20316 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20318 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20319 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20321 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20322 passphrase cache or user.
20324 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20326 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20327 Decrypt the current buffer.
20329 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20332 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20333 passphrase cache or user.
20335 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20337 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20338 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20340 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20341 a detached signature.
20343 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20344 and the the output is displayed.
20346 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20347 passphrase cache or user.
20349 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20351 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20352 Sign the current buffer.
20354 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20355 detached signature.
20357 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20360 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20361 and the the output is displayed.
20363 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20364 passphrase cache or user.
20366 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20368 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20369 Verify the current region between START and END.
20370 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20371 the detached signature of the current region.
20373 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20374 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20376 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20378 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20379 Verify the current buffer.
20380 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20381 the detached signature of the current region.
20382 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20383 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20384 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20387 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20389 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20390 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20394 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20395 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20397 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20399 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20400 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20406 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20407 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
20408 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20410 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20411 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20413 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20417 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20418 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
20419 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20421 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20422 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20423 \\<picture-mode-map>
20424 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20425 afterwards settable by these commands:
20427 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20428 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20429 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20430 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20432 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20433 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20434 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20435 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20437 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20438 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20439 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20440 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20442 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20443 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20444 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20445 with these commands:
20447 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20448 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20449 Move to column following last
20450 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20451 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20452 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20453 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20454 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20455 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20457 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20459 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20460 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20461 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20462 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20463 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20464 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20466 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20467 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20468 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20469 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20470 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20471 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20472 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20474 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20475 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20476 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20477 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20478 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20479 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20480 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20481 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20483 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20484 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20485 by supplying an argument.
20487 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20489 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20490 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20494 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20498 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20499 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
20500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20502 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20503 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20504 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20506 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20510 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17843 45626))
20511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20513 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20514 Play pong and waste time.
20515 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20516 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20518 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20526 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20527 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17843 45615))
20528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20530 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20531 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20532 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20533 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20535 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20537 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20538 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20542 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20543 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20544 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20545 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20546 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20548 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20550 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20551 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20552 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20554 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20556 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20557 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20558 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20559 Ignores leading comment characters.
20565 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20566 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20567 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20568 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20569 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20570 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20571 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20572 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20573 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20574 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20575 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20576 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20577 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20578 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20579 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20580 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20581 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20582 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20583 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
20584 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20586 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20587 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20589 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20591 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20593 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20595 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20596 Preview directory using ghostview.
20598 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20599 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20600 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20601 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20603 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20604 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20605 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20606 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20607 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20610 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20612 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20614 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20615 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20617 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20618 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20619 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20620 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20622 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20623 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20624 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20625 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20626 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20629 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20631 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20633 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20634 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20636 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20637 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20638 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20639 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20641 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20642 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20643 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20644 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20645 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20648 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20650 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20652 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20653 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20655 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20657 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20658 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20659 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20660 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20662 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20663 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20664 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20665 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20666 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20669 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20671 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20673 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20674 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20676 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20677 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20678 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20680 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20681 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20682 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20683 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20685 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20687 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20688 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20690 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20691 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20692 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20694 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20695 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20696 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20697 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20699 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20701 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20702 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20704 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20705 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20706 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20708 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20709 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20710 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20711 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20713 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20715 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20716 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20718 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20720 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20721 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20722 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20724 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20725 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20726 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20727 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20729 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20731 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20732 Preview region using ghostview.
20734 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20736 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20738 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20739 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20741 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20743 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20745 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20746 Print region using PostScript printer.
20748 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20750 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20752 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20753 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20755 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20757 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20759 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20760 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20762 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20764 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20766 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20767 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20769 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20771 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20773 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20774 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20776 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20778 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20780 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20781 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20783 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20785 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20787 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20788 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20789 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20790 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20792 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20795 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20796 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20798 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20800 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20802 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20803 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20804 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20805 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20809 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20810 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20811 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20812 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20816 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20817 Print directory using text printer.
20819 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20822 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20823 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20825 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20827 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20829 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20830 Print buffer using text printer.
20834 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20835 Print region using text printer.
20839 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20840 Print major mode using text printer.
20844 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20845 Preview spooled PostScript.
20847 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20848 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20849 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20851 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20852 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20853 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20855 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20857 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20858 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20860 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20861 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20862 instead of sending it to the printer.
20864 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20865 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20866 image in a file with that name.
20868 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20870 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20871 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20873 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20874 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20875 instead of sending it to the printer.
20877 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20878 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20879 image in a file with that name.
20881 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20883 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20884 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20886 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20887 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20888 instead of sending it to the printer.
20890 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20891 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20892 image in a file with that name.
20894 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20896 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20897 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20899 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20901 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20902 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20904 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20906 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20907 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20909 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20911 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20912 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20914 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20916 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20917 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20919 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20921 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20922 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20924 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20925 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20926 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20927 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20929 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20930 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20931 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20932 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20933 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20934 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20937 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20939 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20940 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20944 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20945 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20947 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20949 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20954 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20955 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20959 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20960 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20964 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20965 Toggle printing with faces.
20969 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20974 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20979 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20982 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20984 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20989 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20994 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20995 Toggle upside-down.
20999 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21000 Toggle line number.
21004 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21005 Toggle zebra stripes.
21009 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21010 Toggle printing header.
21014 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21015 Toggle printing header frame.
21019 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21024 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21025 Toggle auto region.
21029 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21034 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21035 Customization of the `printing' group.
21037 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21039 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21040 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21042 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21044 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21045 Help for the printing package.
21047 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21049 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21050 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21054 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21055 Interactively select a text printer.
21059 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21060 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21064 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21065 Show current ps-print settings.
21067 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21069 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21070 Show current printing settings.
21072 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21074 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21075 Show current lpr settings.
21077 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21079 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21080 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21082 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21083 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21084 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21085 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21088 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21090 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21091 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21092 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21094 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21095 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21096 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21097 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21098 current active printer.
21100 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21101 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21102 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21105 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21106 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21107 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21108 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21109 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21112 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21113 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21115 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21117 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21118 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21119 be done using the new current active printer.
21121 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21122 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21125 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21126 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21127 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21128 instead of sending it to the printer.
21130 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21131 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21134 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21137 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21140 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21142 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21143 Fast fire function for text printing.
21145 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21146 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21147 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21148 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21150 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21151 user for a new active text printer.
21153 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21155 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21157 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21158 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21161 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21163 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21166 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21170 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21171 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
21172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21174 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21175 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21176 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21178 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21179 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21180 if that value is non-nil.
21184 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21186 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21187 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21188 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21190 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17843 45612))
21195 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21197 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21198 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21199 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21203 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17843
21205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21207 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21208 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21210 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21212 The following variables hold user options, and can
21213 be set through the `customize' command:
21215 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21217 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21218 `ps-mode-print-function'
21220 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21224 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21227 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21233 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21234 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21235 The keymap for this second window is:
21237 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21240 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21241 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21242 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21243 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21244 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21250 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21251 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21252 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21253 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17843 45612))
21254 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21256 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21257 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21261 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21262 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21263 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21264 changed by setting the variable
21265 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21266 The initial value of this variable is
21267 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21270 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21271 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21272 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21273 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21274 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21275 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21278 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21279 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21280 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21281 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21282 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21283 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21284 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21285 use this value, be sure to have installed
21286 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21287 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21288 documentation of this variable).
21290 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21291 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21292 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21293 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21294 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21295 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21297 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21299 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21301 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21302 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21303 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21305 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21307 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21312 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21313 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21315 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21317 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21321 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21323 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21326 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21328 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21329 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21331 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21334 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21338 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21340 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21343 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21345 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21346 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21350 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21351 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21352 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21354 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21356 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21357 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21358 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21360 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21362 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21369 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21370 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21371 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21372 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21373 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21374 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17843
21376 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21378 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21379 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21380 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21382 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21384 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21385 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21386 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21387 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21389 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21391 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21392 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21396 nil Do not print colors.
21400 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21401 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21403 Any other value is treated as t.")
21405 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21407 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21408 Customization of ps-print group.
21412 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21413 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21415 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21416 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21417 sending it to the printer.
21419 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21420 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21421 image in a file with that name.
21423 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21425 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21426 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21427 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21428 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21429 so it has a way to determine color values.
21431 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21433 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21434 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21435 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21437 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21439 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21440 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21441 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21442 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21443 so it has a way to determine color values.
21445 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21447 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21448 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21449 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21450 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21452 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21456 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21457 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21458 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21459 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21460 so it has a way to determine color values.
21462 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21466 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21467 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21468 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21470 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21472 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21474 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21475 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21476 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21477 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21478 so it has a way to determine color values.
21480 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21482 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21484 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21485 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21487 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21488 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21489 instead of sending it to the printer.
21491 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21492 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21493 image in a file with that name.
21495 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21497 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21498 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21499 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21500 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21501 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21505 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21506 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21507 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21509 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21511 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21512 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21513 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21515 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21517 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21518 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21522 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21523 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21525 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21526 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21528 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21529 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21531 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21533 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21535 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21537 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21538 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21540 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21541 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21543 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21544 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21546 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21548 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21550 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21552 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21553 foreground and background colors respectively.
21555 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21556 bold - use bold font.
21557 italic - use italic font.
21558 underline - put a line under text.
21559 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21560 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21561 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21562 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21563 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21565 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21567 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21571 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21572 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
21573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21575 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21577 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21579 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21581 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21582 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21583 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21584 buffer automatically.
21586 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21587 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21588 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21589 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21590 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21591 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21592 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21594 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21595 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21596 buffer for a list of commands.)
21598 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21600 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21601 Major mode for editing Python files.
21602 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21603 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21604 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21605 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21607 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21608 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21609 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21610 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21611 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21612 \\<python-mode-map>
21613 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21614 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21615 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21616 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21617 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21618 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21620 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21621 effect outside them.
21623 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21624 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21625 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21626 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21627 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21628 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21629 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21630 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21631 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21633 \\{python-mode-map}
21637 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21638 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21639 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21640 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21646 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21647 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
21648 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21650 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21651 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21652 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21655 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21656 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21658 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21659 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21660 them into characters should be done separately.
21662 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21666 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21667 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21668 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21669 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21670 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17843 45619))
21671 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21673 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21674 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21678 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21679 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21680 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21682 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21683 `quail-activate', which see.
21685 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21687 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21688 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21689 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21690 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21691 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21692 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21693 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21695 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21696 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21697 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21698 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21699 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21701 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21703 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21704 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21705 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21706 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21707 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21708 list of candidates.
21710 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21711 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21712 command to be called.
21714 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21715 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21716 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21717 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21719 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21720 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21721 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21722 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21723 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21726 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21727 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21728 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21729 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21731 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21732 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21733 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21734 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21736 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21737 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21738 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21739 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21740 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21741 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21743 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21744 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21745 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21746 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21747 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21748 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21750 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21751 covers Quail translation region.
21753 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21754 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21755 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21756 for it) is inserted.
21758 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21759 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21760 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21762 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21763 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21764 non-Quail commands.
21766 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21768 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21769 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21771 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21772 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21773 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21774 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21775 you type is correctly handled.
21777 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21779 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21780 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21782 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21785 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21787 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21788 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21789 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21790 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21791 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21792 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21793 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21794 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21795 for the translation.
21796 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21798 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21799 it is used to handle KEY.
21801 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21802 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21803 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21804 the following annotation types are supported.
21806 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21807 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21809 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21812 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21813 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21814 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21817 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21818 generated for the following translations.
21820 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21822 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21823 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21825 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21826 which to install MAP.
21828 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21830 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21832 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21833 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21835 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21836 which to install MAP.
21838 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21840 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21842 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21843 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21844 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21845 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21846 a function, or a cons.
21847 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21848 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21849 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21850 for the translation.
21851 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21852 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21853 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21854 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21855 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21857 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21858 it is used to handle KEY.
21860 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21861 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21862 current Quail package.
21864 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21865 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21867 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21869 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21870 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21872 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21873 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21875 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21877 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21878 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21880 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21882 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21883 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21884 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21885 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21886 of the Emacs source tree.
21888 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21889 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21891 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21892 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21895 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21899 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21900 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21901 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17843
21903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21905 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21906 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21907 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21908 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21910 To make use of this do something like:
21912 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21914 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21916 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21917 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21919 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21920 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21921 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21923 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21925 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21926 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21928 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21930 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21931 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21933 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21936 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21938 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21939 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21941 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21942 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21943 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21945 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21947 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21948 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21950 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21952 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21953 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21957 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21958 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21960 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21962 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21966 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21967 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21973 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21974 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17843 45624))
21975 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21977 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21979 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21983 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21985 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21988 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21990 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21991 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21992 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21993 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21994 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21995 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21997 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
21999 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22000 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22006 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17843
22008 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22010 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22011 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22014 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22018 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22019 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
22020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22022 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22024 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22025 Construct a regexp interactively.
22031 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17843 45612))
22032 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22034 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22035 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22036 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22037 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22038 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22039 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22041 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22043 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22044 Toggle recentf mode.
22045 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22046 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22048 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22049 that were operated on recently.
22051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22055 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22056 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22057 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22058 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17843
22060 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22062 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22063 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22064 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22065 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22067 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22069 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22071 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22072 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22073 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22074 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22077 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22078 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22081 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22083 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22084 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22085 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22087 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22088 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22091 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22093 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22094 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22095 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22097 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22099 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22100 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22102 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22103 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22105 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22108 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22109 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22110 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22111 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22114 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22116 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22117 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22121 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22122 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22123 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22124 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22125 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22126 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22127 and point is at the lower right corner.
22129 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22131 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22132 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22134 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22135 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22137 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22138 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22139 on the right side of the rectangle.
22141 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22143 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22145 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22146 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22147 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22148 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22149 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22151 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22152 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22154 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22156 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22157 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22158 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22160 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22162 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22164 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22166 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22167 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22169 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22170 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22171 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22173 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22175 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22176 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22177 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22179 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22180 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22181 rectangle which were empty.
22183 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22187 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17843
22189 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22191 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22192 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22193 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22195 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22196 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22197 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22203 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22204 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17843 45630))
22205 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22207 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22208 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22212 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22213 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22215 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22216 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22218 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22219 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22220 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22223 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22224 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22225 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22227 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22228 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22229 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22231 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22232 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22234 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22235 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22237 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22238 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22241 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22245 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22246 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22247 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22253 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22254 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
22255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22257 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22258 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22259 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22260 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22261 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22262 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22264 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22266 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22268 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22269 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22270 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22271 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22272 `reftex-cite-format'.
22274 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22275 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22276 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22277 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22279 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22283 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22284 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
22285 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22287 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22288 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22289 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22290 the current TeX document.
22292 With no argument, this command toggles
22293 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22294 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22300 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22301 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
22302 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22304 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22305 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22306 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22308 To insert new phrases, use
22309 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22310 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22312 To index phrases use one of:
22314 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22315 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22316 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22317 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22318 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22320 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22321 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22323 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22325 Here are all local bindings.
22327 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22333 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22334 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
22335 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22337 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22338 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22339 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22342 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17843
22348 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22349 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22350 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22351 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22352 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22356 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22357 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
22358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22360 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22361 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22362 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22363 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22364 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22365 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22367 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22368 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22370 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22373 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22375 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22376 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22377 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22378 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22380 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22384 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17843 45612))
22385 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22387 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22388 Repeat most recently executed command.
22389 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22390 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22391 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22393 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22394 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22395 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22397 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22401 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22402 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
22403 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22405 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22406 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22408 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22409 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22410 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22411 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22412 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22413 and point is left after the salutation.
22415 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22416 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22417 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22418 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22419 left after that text.
22421 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22424 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22425 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22426 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22427 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22429 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22433 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22434 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
22435 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22437 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22438 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22439 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22440 visibility of comments that precede it.
22441 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22442 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22443 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22444 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22445 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22446 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22447 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22448 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22450 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22451 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22452 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22453 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22454 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22457 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22461 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17843
22463 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22465 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22466 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22472 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22473 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
22474 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22476 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22477 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22478 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22480 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22481 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22482 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22486 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22487 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22488 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22490 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22491 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22493 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22495 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22496 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22497 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22499 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22500 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22501 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22507 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22508 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
22509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22511 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22512 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22516 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22517 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22519 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22523 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17843 45624))
22524 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22525 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22527 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22528 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22529 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22530 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22532 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22534 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22535 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22536 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22537 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22539 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22540 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22542 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22543 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22545 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22546 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22549 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22550 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22551 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22552 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22553 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22555 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22556 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22557 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22558 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22560 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22561 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22564 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22568 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22569 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22570 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22571 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22572 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22573 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22574 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17843
22576 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22578 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22579 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22580 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22582 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22584 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22585 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22586 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22587 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22589 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22591 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22592 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22593 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22594 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22595 value is the user's email address and name.)
22596 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22598 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22599 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22600 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22601 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22602 which normally happens once for each message,
22603 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22604 To make a change in this variable take effect
22605 for a message that you have already viewed,
22606 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22608 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22610 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22611 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22612 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22613 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22615 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22617 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22618 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22620 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22622 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22623 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22624 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22625 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22627 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22629 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22630 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22632 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22634 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22635 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22637 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22639 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22640 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22641 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22642 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22643 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22645 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22647 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22648 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22649 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22650 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22652 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22654 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22655 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22657 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22659 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22660 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22662 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22664 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22665 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22667 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22669 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22670 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22672 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22673 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22675 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22676 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22678 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22680 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22681 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22683 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22684 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22685 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22686 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22688 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22689 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22691 This is set to nil by default.")
22693 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22694 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22695 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22696 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22697 until a user explicitly requires it.
22699 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22700 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22703 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22705 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22706 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22707 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22708 It is called with no argument.")
22710 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22711 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22712 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22713 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22714 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22715 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22716 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22718 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22719 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22720 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22721 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22722 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22723 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22725 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22726 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22727 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22728 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22729 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22731 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22732 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22733 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22734 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22735 MSG is the message number,
22736 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22737 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22739 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22740 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22741 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22742 this feature is required with `require'.
22744 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22745 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22747 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22748 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22749 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22750 the message is decoded as normal way.
22752 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22753 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22754 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22756 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22757 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22758 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22760 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22761 Read and edit incoming mail.
22762 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22763 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22764 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22766 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22767 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22768 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22769 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22771 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22773 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22775 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22776 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22777 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22778 Instead, these commands are available:
22780 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22781 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22782 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22783 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22784 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22785 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22786 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22787 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22788 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22789 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22790 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22791 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22792 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22793 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22794 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22795 till a deleted message is found.
22796 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22797 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22798 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22799 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22800 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22801 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22802 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22803 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22804 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22805 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22806 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22807 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22808 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22809 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22810 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22811 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22812 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22813 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22814 (label defaults to last one specified).
22815 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22816 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22817 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22818 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22819 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22820 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22821 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22822 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22823 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22827 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22828 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22830 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22832 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22833 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22835 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22839 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22840 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
22841 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22843 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22844 Edit the contents of this message.
22850 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22851 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22852 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17843 45622))
22853 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22855 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22856 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22857 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22859 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22861 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22862 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22863 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22865 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22867 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22870 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22872 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22873 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22874 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22875 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22876 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22878 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22880 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22881 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22882 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22883 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22884 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22886 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22890 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22891 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
22892 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22894 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22895 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22896 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22897 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22899 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22903 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22904 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22905 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17843 45622))
22906 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22908 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22909 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22910 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22911 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22912 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22913 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22914 a file name as a string.")
22916 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22918 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22919 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22920 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22921 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22922 buffer visiting that file.
22923 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22924 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22926 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22927 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22929 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22930 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22932 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22933 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22935 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22937 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22938 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22940 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22942 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22943 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22944 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22945 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22946 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22948 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22949 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22950 will be appended with their original headers.
22952 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22953 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22955 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22956 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22958 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22960 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22962 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22963 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22964 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22966 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22970 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22971 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22972 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17843
22974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22976 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22977 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22978 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22980 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22982 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22983 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22984 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22986 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22988 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22989 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22990 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22992 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22994 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22995 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22996 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22998 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23000 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23001 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23002 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23004 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23006 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23007 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23008 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23010 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23012 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23013 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23014 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23015 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23017 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23021 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23022 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23023 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23024 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23025 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17843 45622))
23026 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23028 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23029 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23031 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23033 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23034 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23036 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23038 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23039 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23043 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23044 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23045 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23047 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23049 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23050 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23051 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23052 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23053 only look in the To and From fields.
23054 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23056 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23058 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23059 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23060 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23061 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23062 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23064 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23066 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23067 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23068 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23069 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23070 look in the whole message.
23071 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23073 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23075 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23076 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23077 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23079 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23081 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23082 *Function to decode summary-line.
23084 By default, `identity' is set.")
23086 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23088 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23089 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23090 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23091 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23092 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23093 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23094 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23096 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23097 sent by you under different user names.
23098 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23100 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23102 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23106 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23107 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
23108 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23110 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
23111 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23112 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23113 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23115 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23119 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23120 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17843 45612))
23121 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23123 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23124 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23126 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23128 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23129 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23131 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23133 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23134 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23136 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23138 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23139 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23140 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23142 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23143 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23146 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23150 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23151 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23157 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
23158 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
23159 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
23160 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
23161 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
23162 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
23164 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
23165 *This variable is obsolete.")
23167 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" t)
23169 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
23170 *This variable is obsolete.")
23172 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23174 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
23175 *This variable is obsolete.")
23177 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23179 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
23180 *This variable is obsolete.")
23182 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini" t)
23184 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
23185 *This variable is obsolete.")
23187 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23189 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
23190 *This variable is obsolete.")
23192 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23194 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
23195 This function is obsolete.
23197 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23201 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17838
23203 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23205 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23206 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23212 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17843
23214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23216 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23217 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23218 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23219 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23221 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23223 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23224 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23225 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23226 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23228 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23232 matches string STRING literally.
23235 matches character CHAR literally.
23237 `not-newline', `nonl'
23238 matches any character except a newline.
23241 matches any character
23246 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23247 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23248 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23250 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23251 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23252 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23253 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23255 `(not (any SET ...))'
23256 matches any character not in SET ...
23258 `line-start', `bol'
23259 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23260 in the text being matched
23263 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23265 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23266 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23267 string being matched against.
23269 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23270 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23271 string being matched against.
23274 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23275 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23278 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23279 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23282 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23284 `word-start', `bow'
23285 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23289 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23292 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23295 `(not word-boundary)'
23296 `not-word-boundary'
23297 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23300 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23301 matches 0 through 9.
23304 matches ASCII control characters.
23306 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23307 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23310 matches space and tab only.
23313 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23316 `printing', `print'
23317 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23320 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23321 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23322 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23324 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23325 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23326 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23329 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23332 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23334 `lower', `lower-case'
23335 matches anything lower-case.
23337 `upper', `upper-case'
23338 matches anything upper-case.
23340 `punctuation', `punct'
23341 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23342 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23344 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23345 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23348 matches anything that has word syntax.
23351 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23354 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23355 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23356 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23358 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23359 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23362 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23363 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23364 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23365 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23366 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23368 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23369 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23370 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23371 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23372 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23374 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23375 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23377 `(category CATEGORY)'
23378 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23379 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23381 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23382 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23383 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23384 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23388 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23389 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23390 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23391 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23392 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23393 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23394 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23395 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23396 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23397 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23398 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23399 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23400 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23401 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23410 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23414 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23416 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23421 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23422 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23424 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23425 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23426 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23427 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23428 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23430 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23431 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23432 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23433 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23435 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23436 another name for `submatch'.
23438 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23439 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23440 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23441 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23442 regular expression.
23444 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23445 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23446 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23447 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23448 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23450 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23451 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23453 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23454 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23456 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23458 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23461 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23462 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23465 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23466 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23468 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23470 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23473 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23476 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23478 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23479 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23481 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23484 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23487 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23491 matches N occurrences.
23494 matches N or more occurrences.
23496 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23497 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23498 matches N to M occurrences.
23501 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23504 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23507 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23510 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23514 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23516 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23520 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23521 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
23522 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23524 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23525 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23526 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23529 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23531 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23532 Toggle savehist-mode.
23533 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23534 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23535 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23536 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23538 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23539 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23540 which is probably undesirable.
23546 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23547 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
23548 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23550 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23551 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23552 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23554 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23555 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23556 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23557 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23558 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23559 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23560 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23561 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23564 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23565 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23566 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23567 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23568 if that value is non-nil.
23572 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23573 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23574 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23577 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23578 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23579 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23580 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23581 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23582 that variable's value is a string.
23588 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23589 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
23590 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23592 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23593 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23594 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23596 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23602 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17843
23604 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23606 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23607 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23608 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23609 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23611 Interesting variables:
23613 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23614 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23616 `scribe-electric-quote'
23617 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23619 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23620 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23621 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23627 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23628 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
23629 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23631 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23632 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23633 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23634 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23635 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23636 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23638 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23640 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23641 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23642 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23643 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23644 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23650 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23651 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
23652 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23654 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23655 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23656 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23657 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23658 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23665 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23666 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23667 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23668 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23669 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23670 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23671 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23672 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23673 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17843 45622))
23674 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23676 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23677 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23679 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23681 If `parens', they look like:
23682 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23683 If `angles', they look like:
23684 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23685 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23686 derived from the envelope-from address.
23688 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23689 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23690 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23691 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23693 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23695 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23696 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23697 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23698 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23700 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23701 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23702 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23703 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23705 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23707 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23708 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23709 This is done when the message is initialized,
23710 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23712 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23714 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23715 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23716 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23718 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23720 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23722 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23723 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23724 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23725 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23726 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23727 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23728 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23730 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23732 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23733 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23735 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23737 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23738 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23739 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23741 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23743 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23744 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23745 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23746 when you first send mail.")
23748 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23750 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23751 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23752 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23753 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23754 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23756 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23758 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23759 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23760 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23761 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23762 This file need not actually exist.")
23764 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23766 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23767 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23768 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23770 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23772 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23773 Alist of mail address aliases,
23774 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23775 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23776 can specify a different file name.)
23777 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23778 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23780 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23781 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23782 nil means use indentation.")
23784 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23786 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23787 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23788 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23790 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23792 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23793 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23794 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23795 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23796 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23797 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23798 in the cited portion of the message.
23800 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23801 instead of no action.")
23803 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23805 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23806 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23807 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23808 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23809 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23811 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23813 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23814 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23815 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23816 If a string, that string is inserted.
23817 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23818 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23819 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23820 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23822 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23824 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23825 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23827 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23829 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23830 Directory for mail buffers.
23831 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23832 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23834 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23836 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23837 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23838 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23839 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23841 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23843 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23844 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23845 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23846 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23849 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23851 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23852 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23853 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23854 `query' means ask the user each time.
23855 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23856 The default is `mime'.
23857 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23858 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23860 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23862 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23863 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23864 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23866 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23867 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23869 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23870 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23871 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23872 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23873 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23874 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23875 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23876 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23877 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23878 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23879 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23880 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23881 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23885 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23886 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23888 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23889 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23891 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23893 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23894 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23895 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23896 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23897 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23898 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23900 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23901 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23902 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23904 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23905 User should not set this variable manually,
23906 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23907 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23908 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23909 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23911 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23912 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23913 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23914 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23916 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23917 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23920 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23922 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23923 to move to message header fields:
23926 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23927 when the message is initialized.
23929 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23930 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23932 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23935 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23936 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23938 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23939 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23940 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23941 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23942 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23943 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23944 buffer without erasing the contents.
23946 The second through fifth arguments,
23947 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23948 the initial contents of those header fields.
23949 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23950 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23951 original message being replied to, or else an action
23952 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23953 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23954 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23955 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23956 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23957 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23959 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23961 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23962 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23964 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23966 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23967 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23969 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23973 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23974 ;;;;;; (17838 18033))
23975 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23977 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23978 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23979 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23980 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23981 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23982 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23984 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23986 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23988 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23989 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23990 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23991 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23992 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23993 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23995 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
23997 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23998 Toggle Server mode.
23999 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24000 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24001 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24007 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17843 45612))
24008 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24010 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24011 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24012 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
24016 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24017 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24018 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24019 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24025 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24026 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
24027 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24029 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24030 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24032 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24035 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24036 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24037 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24039 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24040 in your `.emacs' file.
24042 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24044 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24045 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24050 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24052 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24053 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24054 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24055 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24056 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24057 which this is based.
24059 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24061 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24062 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24063 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24064 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24066 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24067 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24068 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24070 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24071 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24072 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24073 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24075 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24076 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24077 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24078 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24080 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24082 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24083 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24084 To work around that, do:
24085 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24093 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24094 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
24095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24096 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24098 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24099 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24100 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24101 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24102 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24103 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24105 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24106 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24107 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24108 shell-specific features.
24110 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24111 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24112 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24114 \\[sh-case] case statement
24115 \\[sh-for] for loop
24116 \\[sh-function] function definition
24117 \\[sh-if] if statement
24118 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24119 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24120 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24121 \\[sh-select] select loop
24122 \\[sh-until] until loop
24123 \\[sh-while] while loop
24125 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24126 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24127 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24128 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24129 would indent to the way it currently is.
24130 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24131 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24134 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24135 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24136 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24137 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24138 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24139 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24141 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24143 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24145 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24146 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24147 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24149 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24150 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24154 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24158 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17843 45617))
24159 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24161 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24162 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24163 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24164 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24165 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24166 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24168 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24172 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24173 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
24174 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24176 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24177 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24179 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
24180 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24181 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24182 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24185 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24187 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24189 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24190 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24191 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24193 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24194 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24196 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24197 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24198 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24199 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24200 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24201 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24202 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24205 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24206 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24207 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24208 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24209 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24211 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24212 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24213 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24219 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24220 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17843
24222 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24224 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24225 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24226 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24227 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24228 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24229 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24234 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24235 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24236 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24237 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24238 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24242 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24243 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24244 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24245 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24246 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24247 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24248 `shadow-define-cluster').
24252 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24253 Set up file shadowing.
24259 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24260 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
24261 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24263 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24264 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24265 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24266 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24267 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24270 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24272 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24273 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24274 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24275 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24276 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24277 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24278 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24279 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24280 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24281 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24282 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24283 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24284 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24285 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24287 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24288 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24289 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24290 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24291 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24292 `default-process-coding-system'.
24294 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24295 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24296 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24297 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24299 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24301 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24302 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24306 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24307 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17843 45617))
24308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24310 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24313 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24315 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24318 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24320 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24323 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24327 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24328 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
24329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24331 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24332 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24333 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24334 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24335 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24337 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17843 45612))
24344 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24345 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24349 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17843
24351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24353 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24354 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24355 \\{simula-mode-map}
24356 Variables controlling indentation style:
24357 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24358 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24359 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24360 `simula-indent-level'
24361 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24362 `simula-substatement-offset'
24363 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24364 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24365 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24366 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24367 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24368 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24369 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24370 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24371 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24372 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24373 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24374 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24375 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24376 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24377 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24378 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24379 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24380 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24381 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24382 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24383 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24384 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24385 or nil if they should not be changed.
24386 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24387 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24388 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24389 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24391 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24392 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24398 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24399 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17843 45612))
24400 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24402 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24403 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24405 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24406 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24407 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24408 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24410 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24412 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24414 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24415 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24416 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24417 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24418 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24420 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24421 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24423 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24425 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24426 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24428 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24429 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24430 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24431 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24433 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24434 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24435 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24436 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24438 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24439 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24440 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24442 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24443 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24445 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24446 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24448 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24449 _ interesting point, interregion here
24450 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24451 interesting point set by _
24452 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24453 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24454 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24455 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24456 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24457 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24460 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24461 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24463 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24464 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24465 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24466 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24467 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24468 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24469 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24470 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24472 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24473 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24474 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24475 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24476 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24479 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24480 then: insert previously read string once more
24481 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24482 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24483 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24485 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24486 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24488 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24490 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24491 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24493 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24494 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24495 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24496 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24497 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24500 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24501 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24502 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24508 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24509 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
24510 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24512 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24513 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24514 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24517 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24519 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24520 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24521 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24527 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24528 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
24529 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24531 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24532 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24533 A list of images is returned.
24535 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24537 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24538 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24539 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24541 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24545 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24546 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17843 45622))
24547 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24549 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24554 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24555 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24561 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17843 45626))
24562 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24564 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24565 Play the Snake game.
24566 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24568 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24570 Snake mode keybindings:
24572 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24573 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24574 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24575 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24576 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24577 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24578 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24584 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24585 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
24586 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24588 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24589 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24590 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24591 Tab indents for C code.
24592 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24593 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24595 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24600 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24601 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24602 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24603 Tab indents for C code.
24604 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24605 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24607 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24608 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24614 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24615 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24616 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17843 45615))
24617 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24619 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24620 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24622 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24623 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24624 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24626 For example, the form
24628 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24629 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24631 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24633 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24635 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24636 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24638 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24639 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24640 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24643 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24645 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24647 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24648 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24650 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24651 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24652 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24655 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24657 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24659 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24660 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24661 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24664 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24666 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24668 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24669 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24670 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24672 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24673 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24675 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24679 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24680 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24681 Requires floating point.
24687 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17843
24689 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24691 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24694 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24695 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24696 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24697 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24698 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24699 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24700 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24701 check after each move or undo)
24705 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24706 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24707 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24726 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24727 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24728 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24729 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24731 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24732 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24733 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24736 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24737 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24739 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24755 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24757 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24763 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24764 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24765 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17843 45612))
24766 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24768 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24769 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24771 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24772 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24773 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24774 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24777 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24778 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24779 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24782 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24783 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24785 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24786 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24787 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24788 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24791 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24792 It should move point to the end of the record.
24794 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24795 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24796 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24797 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24798 starts at the beginning of the record.
24800 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24801 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24804 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24805 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24807 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24809 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24810 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24811 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24812 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24813 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24816 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24818 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24819 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24820 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24821 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24822 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24825 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24827 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24828 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24829 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24830 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24831 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24834 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24836 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24837 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24838 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24839 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24840 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24841 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24842 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24843 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24844 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24846 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24848 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24849 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24850 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24851 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24852 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24853 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24854 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24857 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24859 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24860 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24861 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24862 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24863 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24864 is to be used for sorting.
24865 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24866 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24867 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24868 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24869 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24871 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24873 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24876 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24877 starting with the letter \"f\",
24878 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24880 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24882 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24883 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24884 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24885 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24886 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24887 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24888 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24891 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24892 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24893 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24894 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24895 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24897 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24899 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24900 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24901 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24903 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24907 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17843
24909 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24911 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24912 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24918 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24919 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24920 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17843 45617))
24921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24923 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24924 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24926 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24927 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24928 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24930 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24932 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24933 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24934 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24937 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24939 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24940 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24941 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24943 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24945 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24946 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24947 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24948 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24953 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24954 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24955 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24956 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24962 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24963 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17843 45612))
24964 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24966 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24968 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24969 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24970 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24971 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24972 supported at a time.
24973 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24974 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24978 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24979 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24980 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24981 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24987 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24988 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17843 45630))
24989 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24991 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24993 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24994 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24995 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24996 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24997 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24998 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25002 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25003 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25004 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25005 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25009 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25010 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25011 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25012 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25013 for example, \"word\".
25015 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25017 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25018 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25020 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25024 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17843
25026 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25028 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25029 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25033 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25034 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25040 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25041 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25042 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25043 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17843
25045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25047 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25048 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25050 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25051 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25052 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25053 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25054 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25055 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25056 of the current highlighting list.
25060 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25061 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25063 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25064 `_t' as data types.
25066 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25068 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25069 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25071 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25072 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25074 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25076 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25077 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25078 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25080 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25082 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25083 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25084 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25085 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25086 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25087 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25089 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25090 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25092 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25094 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25095 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25096 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25097 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25099 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25100 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25101 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25102 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25104 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25105 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25106 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25110 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25111 Major mode to edit SQL.
25113 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25114 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25115 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25118 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25120 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25121 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25122 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25123 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25124 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25125 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25127 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25128 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25130 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25131 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25132 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25134 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25136 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25140 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25141 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25143 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25144 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25147 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25149 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25151 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25152 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25154 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25155 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25158 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25159 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25160 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25161 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25163 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25164 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25166 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25167 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25168 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25169 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25170 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25171 `default-process-coding-system'.
25173 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25177 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25178 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25180 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25181 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25184 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25185 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25186 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25187 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25189 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25190 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25192 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25193 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25194 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25195 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25196 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25197 `default-process-coding-system'.
25199 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25203 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25204 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25206 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25207 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25210 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25211 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25213 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25214 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25216 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25217 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25218 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25219 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25220 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25221 `default-process-coding-system'.
25223 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25227 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25228 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25230 SQLite is free software.
25232 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25233 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25236 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25237 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25238 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25239 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25241 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25242 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25244 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25245 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25246 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25247 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25248 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25249 `default-process-coding-system'.
25251 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25255 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25256 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25258 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25260 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25261 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25264 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25265 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25266 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25267 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25269 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25270 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25272 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25273 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25274 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25275 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25276 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25277 `default-process-coding-system'.
25279 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25283 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25284 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25286 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25287 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25290 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25291 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25294 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25295 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25297 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25298 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25299 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25300 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25301 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25302 `default-process-coding-system'.
25304 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25308 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25309 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25311 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25312 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25315 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25316 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25318 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25319 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25321 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25322 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25323 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25324 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25325 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25326 `default-process-coding-system'.
25328 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25332 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25333 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25335 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25336 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25339 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25340 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25341 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25342 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25344 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25345 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25347 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25348 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25349 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25350 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25351 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25352 `default-process-coding-system'.
25354 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25358 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25359 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25361 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25362 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25365 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25366 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25367 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25368 `sql-postgres-options'.
25370 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25371 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25373 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25374 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25375 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25376 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25377 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25378 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25379 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25380 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25382 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25383 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25385 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25389 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25390 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25392 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25393 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25396 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25397 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25400 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25401 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25403 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25404 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25405 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25406 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25407 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25408 `default-process-coding-system'.
25410 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25414 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25415 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25417 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25418 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25421 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25424 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25425 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25427 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25428 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25429 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25430 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25432 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25433 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25434 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25435 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25436 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25437 `default-process-coding-system'.
25439 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25443 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25444 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25446 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25447 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25450 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25451 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25452 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25453 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25456 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25457 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25458 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25459 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25462 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25463 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25465 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25471 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25472 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25473 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25474 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25475 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17843
25477 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25479 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25480 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25481 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25482 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25483 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25484 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25486 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25488 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25490 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25491 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25492 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25493 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25494 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25495 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25496 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25498 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25500 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25501 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25502 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25503 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25504 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25505 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25506 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25508 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25510 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25511 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25512 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25514 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25516 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25517 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25518 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25520 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25522 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25523 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25525 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25527 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25528 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25532 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25533 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25537 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25538 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25539 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25540 chronologically by command name.
25541 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25543 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25545 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25546 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25547 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25549 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25550 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25552 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25554 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25555 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25556 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25557 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25558 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25559 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25560 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25562 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25563 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25564 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25565 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25567 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25571 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25572 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25573 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25574 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25576 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25578 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25579 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25585 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25586 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17075 55479))
25587 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25589 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25590 Studlify-case the region.
25592 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25594 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25595 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25597 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25599 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25600 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25606 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17843 45612))
25607 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25609 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25610 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25611 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25612 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25613 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25614 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25616 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25617 is used instead of `load-path'.
25619 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25620 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25621 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25623 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25627 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25628 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
25629 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25631 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25632 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25633 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25634 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25635 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25636 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25637 original message but it does require a few things:
25639 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25641 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25644 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25645 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25648 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25650 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25652 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25653 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25654 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25660 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17842 25773))
25661 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25663 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25664 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25665 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25666 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25667 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25668 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25670 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25672 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25673 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25674 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25676 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25682 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17843 45612))
25683 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25685 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25686 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25687 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25688 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25689 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25691 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25693 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25694 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25695 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25696 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25697 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25698 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25699 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25701 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25705 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25706 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25707 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25708 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25709 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25710 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25711 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25712 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25713 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25714 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25715 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25716 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25717 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17843 45630))
25718 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25720 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25721 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25722 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25724 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25726 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25727 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25729 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25731 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25732 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25734 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25736 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25737 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25739 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25741 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25742 Insert an editable text table.
25743 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25744 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25745 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25746 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25747 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25748 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25753 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25755 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25760 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25761 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25762 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25763 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25766 +-----+-----+-----+
25768 +-----+-----+-----+
25770 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25772 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25773 width, which results as
25775 +--------------+-----+-----+
25777 +--------------+-----+-----+
25779 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25780 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25782 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25784 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25786 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25787 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25788 width information to `table-insert'.
25790 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25796 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25799 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25800 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25802 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25805 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25807 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25809 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25812 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25815 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25817 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25819 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25822 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25825 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25828 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25829 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25830 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25832 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25835 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25838 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25841 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25843 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25846 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25849 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25850 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25851 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25852 | | |expected results.-!- |
25853 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25856 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25858 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25862 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25864 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25865 Insert N table row(s).
25866 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25867 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25868 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25869 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25873 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25874 Insert N table column(s).
25875 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25876 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25877 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25878 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25882 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25883 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25884 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25886 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25888 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25889 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25890 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25891 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25892 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25893 all the table specific features.
25895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25897 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25902 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25903 Recognize all tables within region.
25904 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25905 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25906 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25909 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25911 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25914 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25916 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25917 Recognize a table at point.
25918 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25919 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25920 the table specific features.
25922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25924 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25929 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25930 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25931 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25932 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25933 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25934 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25935 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25937 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25939 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25944 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25945 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25946 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25947 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25948 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25949 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25952 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25954 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25955 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25956 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25957 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25958 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25959 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25960 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25965 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25966 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25967 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25968 table's rectangle structure.
25970 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25972 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25973 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25974 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25975 table's rectangle structure.
25979 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25980 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25981 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25982 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25983 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25985 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25987 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25988 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25989 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25991 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25992 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25993 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25994 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25995 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25996 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25997 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25999 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26000 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26001 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26002 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26003 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26004 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26005 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26007 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26008 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26009 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26010 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26011 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26012 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26013 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26014 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26016 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26018 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26019 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26020 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26021 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26025 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26026 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26027 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26029 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26031 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26032 Split current cell vertically.
26033 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26037 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26038 Split current cell horizontally.
26039 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26043 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26044 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26045 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26047 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26049 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26050 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26051 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26052 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26054 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26056 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26057 Justify cell contents.
26058 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26059 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26060 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26061 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26063 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26065 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26066 Justify cells of a row.
26067 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26068 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26070 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26072 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26073 Justify cells of a column.
26074 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26075 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26077 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26079 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26080 Toggle fixing width mode.
26081 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26082 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26083 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26087 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26088 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26089 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26090 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26091 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26092 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26093 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26094 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26095 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26096 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26097 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26099 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26101 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26102 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26103 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26104 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26105 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26106 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26107 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26108 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26109 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26110 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26111 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26112 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26115 References used for this implementation:
26121 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26123 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26124 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26125 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26127 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26129 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26130 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26131 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26132 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26133 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26134 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26135 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26136 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26137 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26138 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26139 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26140 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26141 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26142 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26143 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26144 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26145 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26150 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26151 (table-forward-cell 15)
26152 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26153 (table-forward-cell 16)
26154 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26155 (table-forward-cell 1)
26156 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26159 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26160 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26161 (table-forward-cell 1)
26162 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26164 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26166 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26167 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26168 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26169 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26170 consists from cells of same height.
26174 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26175 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26176 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26177 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26178 column must consists from cells of same width.
26182 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26183 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26184 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26185 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26186 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26187 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26188 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26189 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26190 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26191 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26192 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26193 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26194 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26195 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26196 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26205 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26206 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26207 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26210 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26212 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26214 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26216 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26220 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26221 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26222 of each row is optional.
26227 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26228 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26229 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26230 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26231 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26233 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26234 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26236 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26237 expression and raw delimiter regular
26238 expression, it parses the specified text
26239 area and extracts cell items from
26240 non-table text and then forms a table out
26243 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26244 creates a single cell table. The text in
26245 the specified region is placed in that
26248 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26251 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26252 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26253 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26255 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26256 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26257 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26258 | area and extracts cell items from |
26259 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26262 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26263 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26264 | the specified region is placed in that |
26266 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26268 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26269 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26272 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26273 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26274 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26275 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26276 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26277 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26278 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26279 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26280 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26282 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26283 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26284 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26285 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26287 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26289 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26290 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26291 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26293 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26295 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26296 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26297 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26298 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26299 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26305 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17843 45612))
26306 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26308 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26309 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26311 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26315 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17843 45612))
26316 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26318 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26319 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26320 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26321 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26322 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26323 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26324 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26326 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26327 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26328 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26329 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26331 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26338 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26339 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17843 45629))
26340 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26342 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26343 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26344 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26345 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26346 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26347 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26349 Variables controlling indentation style:
26351 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26352 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26353 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26355 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26356 documentation for details):
26357 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26358 Controls action of TAB key.
26360 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26361 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26362 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26363 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26364 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26366 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26367 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26375 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26376 Run inferior Tcl process.
26377 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26378 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26382 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26383 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26384 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26386 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26390 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17843 45624))
26391 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26392 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26394 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26395 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26396 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26397 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26399 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26400 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26401 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26402 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26403 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26405 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26406 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26408 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26409 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26410 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26411 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26417 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17843
26419 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26421 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26422 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26423 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26424 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26425 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26426 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26428 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26430 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26431 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26432 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26433 commands to use in that buffer.
26435 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26437 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26439 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26440 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26442 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26446 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17843
26448 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26450 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26451 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26452 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26453 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26454 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26455 program as keyboard input.
26457 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26458 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26459 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26460 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26462 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26463 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26464 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26465 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26466 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26468 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26470 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26471 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26472 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26473 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26475 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26476 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26477 subprocess started.
26479 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26483 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26484 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
26485 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26487 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26488 Start coverage on function under point.
26494 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17843 45626))
26495 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26497 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26498 Play the Tetris game.
26499 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26500 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26501 as to form complete rows.
26503 tetris-mode keybindings:
26504 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26505 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26506 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26507 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26508 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26509 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26510 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26511 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26512 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26518 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26519 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26520 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26521 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26522 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26523 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26524 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26525 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
26526 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26528 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26529 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26531 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26533 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26534 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26535 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26536 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26537 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26539 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26541 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26542 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26543 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26544 if it matches the first line of the file,
26545 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26547 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26549 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26550 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26551 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26552 if the variable is non-nil.")
26554 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26556 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26557 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26559 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26561 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26562 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26563 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26564 See the documentation of that variable.")
26566 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26568 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26569 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26570 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26571 See the documentation of that variable.")
26573 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26575 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26576 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26577 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26578 See the documentation of that variable.")
26580 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26582 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26583 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26584 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26585 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26586 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26588 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26590 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26591 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26592 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26593 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26595 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26597 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26598 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26599 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26601 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26603 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26604 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26605 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26606 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26608 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26610 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26611 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26612 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26613 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26615 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26617 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26618 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26619 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26620 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26622 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26623 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26626 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26627 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26629 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26632 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26634 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26635 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26636 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26637 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26638 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26640 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26642 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26644 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26645 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26646 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26648 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26650 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26651 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26652 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26653 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26654 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26656 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26658 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26659 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26661 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26663 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26664 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26666 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26668 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26669 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26670 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26671 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26672 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26673 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26674 says which mode to use.
26678 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26680 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26682 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26684 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26685 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26686 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26687 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26688 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26690 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26691 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26692 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26693 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26694 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26695 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26696 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26698 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26699 mismatched $'s or braces.
26702 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26706 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26708 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26709 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26710 tex-dvi-print-command
26711 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26712 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26713 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26714 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26715 tex-dvi-view-command
26716 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26717 tex-show-queue-command
26718 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26719 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26721 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26722 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26723 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26727 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26728 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26729 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26730 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26731 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26733 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26734 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26735 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26736 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26737 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26738 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26739 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26741 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26742 mismatched $'s or braces.
26749 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26751 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26752 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26753 tex-dvi-print-command
26754 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26755 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26756 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26757 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26758 tex-dvi-view-command
26759 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26760 tex-show-queue-command
26761 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26762 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26764 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26765 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26766 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26770 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26771 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26772 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26773 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26774 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26776 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26777 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26778 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26779 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26780 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26781 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26782 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26784 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26785 mismatched $'s or braces.
26788 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26792 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26794 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26795 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26796 tex-dvi-print-command
26797 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26798 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26799 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26800 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26801 tex-dvi-view-command
26802 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26803 tex-show-queue-command
26804 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26805 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26807 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26808 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26809 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26810 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26814 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26819 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26820 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26826 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26827 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17843 45630))
26828 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26830 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26831 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26832 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26833 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26835 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26836 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26837 Info-split to do these manually.
26839 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26841 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26842 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26843 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26844 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26845 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26847 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26849 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26850 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26851 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26852 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26854 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26855 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26856 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26857 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26859 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26860 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26862 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26866 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26867 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17843 45630))
26868 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26870 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26871 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26873 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26875 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26876 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26878 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26880 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26881 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26883 It has these extra commands:
26884 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26886 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26887 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26888 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26889 modified version of TeX input format.
26891 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26892 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26893 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26894 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26896 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26897 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26898 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26899 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26900 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26901 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26902 in the Texinfo file.
26904 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26905 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26906 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26907 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26908 move forward past the closing brace.
26910 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26911 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26913 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26914 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26915 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26917 Here are the functions:
26919 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26920 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26921 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26923 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26924 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26925 texinfo-master-menu
26927 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26929 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26930 which menu descriptions are indented.
26932 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26933 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26936 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26937 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26938 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26939 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26941 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26942 be the first node in the file.
26944 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26945 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26951 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26952 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26953 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26954 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
26955 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26957 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26958 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26959 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26960 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26962 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26964 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26965 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26967 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26969 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26970 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26974 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26977 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26979 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26980 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26981 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26982 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26985 The return value is number of composed characters.
26987 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26989 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26990 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26996 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26997 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26998 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17843 45612))
26999 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27001 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27002 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27004 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27006 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27007 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27008 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27009 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27010 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27012 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27013 a symbol as a valid THING.
27015 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27016 of the textual entity that was found.
27018 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27020 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27021 Return the THING at point.
27022 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27023 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27024 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27026 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27027 a symbol as a valid THING.
27029 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27031 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27036 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27041 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27046 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27053 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27054 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27055 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
27056 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27058 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27059 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27063 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27064 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27065 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27066 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27068 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27070 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27071 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27075 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27076 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27080 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27082 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27083 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27089 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27090 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27091 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27092 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27093 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27094 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17843 45621))
27095 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27097 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27098 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27099 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27103 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27104 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27106 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27108 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27109 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27110 The returned string has no composition information.
27112 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27114 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27115 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27117 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27119 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27120 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27122 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27124 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27125 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27126 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27127 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27129 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27131 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27132 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27133 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27134 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27136 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27138 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27141 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27143 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27144 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27145 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27149 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27150 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27151 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27155 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27158 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27160 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27163 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27165 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27168 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27172 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27173 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
27174 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27176 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27177 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27178 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27179 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27181 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27183 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27185 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27186 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27187 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27188 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27190 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27196 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27197 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17843 45612))
27198 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27200 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27201 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27203 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27205 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27206 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27207 This display updates automatically every minute.
27208 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27209 are displayed as well.
27210 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27214 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27215 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27216 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27217 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27218 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27219 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27221 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27223 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27224 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27225 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27227 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27228 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27229 are displayed as well.
27230 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27236 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27237 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27238 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27239 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17843
27241 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27243 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27244 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27246 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27248 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27249 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27250 You can use `float-time' instead.
27252 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27254 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27255 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27257 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27259 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27260 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27262 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27264 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27265 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27267 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27269 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27270 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27271 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27273 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27275 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27277 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27278 Subtract two time values.
27279 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27281 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27283 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27284 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27286 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27288 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27289 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27290 DATE should be a date-time string.
27292 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27294 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27295 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27296 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27298 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27300 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27301 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27303 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27305 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27306 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27308 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27310 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27311 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27312 TIME should be a time value.
27313 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27315 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27317 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27318 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27319 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27321 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27325 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27326 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17843 45612))
27327 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27328 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27329 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27330 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27331 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27332 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27333 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27334 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27336 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27337 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27338 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27339 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27340 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27341 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27342 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27343 look like one of the following:
27346 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27347 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27348 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27349 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27350 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27351 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27352 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27357 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27358 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27359 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27365 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27366 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27367 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27368 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27369 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
27370 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27372 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27373 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27374 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27375 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27376 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27377 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27378 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27379 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27380 display (non-nil means on).
27382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27384 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27385 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27386 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27387 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27388 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27389 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27390 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27391 this function is called within a day.
27393 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27394 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27395 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27396 discover the name of the project.
27398 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27400 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27401 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27402 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27403 begun during the last time segment.
27405 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27406 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27407 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27408 discover the reason.
27410 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27412 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27413 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27414 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27415 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27416 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27418 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27420 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27421 Change to working on a different project.
27422 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27423 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27424 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27427 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27429 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27430 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27431 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27435 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27436 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27437 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27441 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27442 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27443 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27444 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27445 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27446 \"relative to today\".
27448 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27450 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27451 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27452 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27453 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27455 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27457 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27458 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27459 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27460 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27461 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27462 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27464 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27468 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27469 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27470 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17843 45615))
27471 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27473 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27475 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27476 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27478 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27480 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27481 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27482 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27483 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27485 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27487 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27488 Perform an action at time TIME.
27489 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27490 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27491 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27492 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27493 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27494 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27496 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27498 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27500 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27501 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27502 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27503 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27504 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27506 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27508 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27510 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27511 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27512 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27513 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27515 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27517 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27518 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27519 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27520 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27521 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27522 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27523 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27525 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27526 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27528 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27530 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27531 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27533 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27534 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27535 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27536 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27537 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27538 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27541 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27545 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27546 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17843 45620))
27547 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27549 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27550 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27551 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27552 the generated Quail package is saved.
27554 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27556 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27557 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27558 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27559 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27560 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27561 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27562 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27564 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27568 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27569 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17843
27571 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27573 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27576 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27578 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27581 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27583 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27584 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27585 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27588 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27592 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27593 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17843 45612))
27594 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27595 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27596 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27597 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27599 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27600 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27601 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27602 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27603 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27605 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27607 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27608 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27609 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27610 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27611 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27613 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27615 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27616 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27617 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27618 in the menu in two ways:
27619 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27620 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27621 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27623 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27624 keymap or an alist of alists.
27625 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27626 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27628 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27632 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27633 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27634 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17843 45615))
27635 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27637 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27638 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27642 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27643 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27645 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27647 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27648 Insert new TODO list entry.
27649 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27654 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27655 List top priorities for each category.
27657 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27658 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27660 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27661 between each category.
27663 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27665 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27666 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27667 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27668 between each category.
27670 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27672 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27674 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27675 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27681 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27682 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27686 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27693 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27694 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27695 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
27696 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27698 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27700 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27701 Add an item to the tool bar.
27702 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27703 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27704 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27705 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27707 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27708 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27709 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27710 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27712 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27713 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27715 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27717 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27718 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27719 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27720 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27721 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27722 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27724 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27725 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27726 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27727 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27729 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27731 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27732 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27733 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27734 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27735 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27736 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27737 properties to add to the binding.
27739 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27741 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27742 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27744 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27746 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27747 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27748 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27749 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27750 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27751 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27752 properties to add to the binding.
27754 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27757 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27761 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27762 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
27763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27765 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27766 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27767 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27769 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27770 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27772 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27774 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27779 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27781 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27782 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27788 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27789 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17843 45615))
27790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27792 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27793 Set scroll margins.
27795 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27797 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27798 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27802 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27803 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27809 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17843 45615))
27810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27812 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27813 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27814 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27815 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27816 to a tcp server on another machine.
27818 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27822 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27823 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17843 45615))
27824 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27826 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27827 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27829 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27831 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27832 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27833 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27834 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27835 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27836 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27837 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27838 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27840 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27842 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27843 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27844 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27845 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27846 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27847 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27848 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27849 the window or buffer configuration.
27851 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27853 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27857 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27858 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27859 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27860 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17844 62922))
27861 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27863 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27864 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27865 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27867 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27868 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27869 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27870 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27872 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27873 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27874 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27875 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27877 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27878 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27879 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27880 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27881 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27882 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27883 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27884 files which are not really tramp files.
27886 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27887 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27888 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27889 updated after changing this variable.
27891 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27893 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27895 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27896 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27897 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27898 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27900 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27901 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27902 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27903 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27905 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27906 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27907 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27909 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27910 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27911 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27912 updated after changing this variable.
27914 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27916 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27918 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27919 Alist of completion handler functions.
27920 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27921 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27922 normal Emacs functions.")
27924 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27925 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27926 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27927 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27929 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27930 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27931 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27932 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27934 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27935 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27936 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27938 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27940 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27941 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27942 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27944 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27945 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27948 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27950 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27955 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27956 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27958 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27960 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27961 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27963 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27965 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27966 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27972 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27973 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
27974 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27976 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27983 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
27984 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
27985 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27986 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27987 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27988 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17843
27990 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27992 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27993 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27997 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27998 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
28000 Convenience command that:
28002 - Opens dired in folder DIR
28003 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
28004 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
28006 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
28007 image files in dired and type
28008 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
28010 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
28012 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
28013 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
28015 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
28017 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28018 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28019 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
28020 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
28021 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
28024 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
28025 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
28026 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
28028 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
28029 instead of erasing it first.
28031 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
28032 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
28033 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
28034 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
28035 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
28036 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
28038 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
28040 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
28041 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
28042 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
28043 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
28048 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
28050 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
28051 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
28055 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
28056 Remove tag for selected file(s).
28057 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
28061 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
28062 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
28066 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
28067 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
28068 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
28069 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
28073 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
28074 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28078 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
28079 Shorthand for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
28083 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
28084 Display file at point using an external viewer.
28088 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
28089 Display current image file.
28090 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
28091 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
28093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28095 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
28096 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
28100 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
28101 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
28102 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
28103 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
28104 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
28105 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
28106 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
28110 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
28111 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
28112 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
28119 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17843
28121 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28123 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28124 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28125 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28126 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28127 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28128 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28129 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28130 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28132 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28133 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28134 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28136 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28137 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28140 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28144 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28145 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17843 45630))
28146 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28147 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28148 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28149 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28151 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28152 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28153 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28154 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28155 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28156 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28157 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28159 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28161 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28162 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28163 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28164 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28166 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28170 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28171 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28172 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28173 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28174 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28175 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28176 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28178 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28179 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28181 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28184 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28186 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28192 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28193 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28194 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28195 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28196 ;;;;;; (17845 22175))
28197 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28199 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28200 Toggle typing break mode.
28201 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28203 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28205 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28207 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28208 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28210 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28212 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28213 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28215 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28216 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28217 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28219 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28220 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28222 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28224 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28225 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28227 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28228 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28229 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28230 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28232 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28234 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28235 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28236 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28238 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28239 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28240 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28241 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28242 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28243 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28245 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28246 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28247 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28248 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28250 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28251 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28253 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28254 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28256 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28258 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28259 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28260 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28262 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28263 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28264 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28265 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28266 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28267 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28268 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28270 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28271 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28273 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28274 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28275 reset the keystroke counter.
28277 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28278 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28279 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28280 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28282 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28283 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28284 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28285 `type-break-schedule' command.
28287 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28288 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28289 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28290 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28291 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28292 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28293 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28294 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28295 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28297 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28298 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28299 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28300 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28301 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28303 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28304 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28305 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28306 approximate good values for this.
28308 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28309 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28311 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28312 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28313 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28314 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28315 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28316 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28318 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28319 a typing break occur. They include:
28321 `type-break-query-mode'
28322 `type-break-query-function'
28323 `type-break-query-interval'
28325 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28327 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28328 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28329 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28332 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28334 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28335 Take a typing break.
28337 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28338 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28340 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28341 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28345 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28346 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28347 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28348 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28352 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28353 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28355 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28356 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28357 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28358 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28359 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28360 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28361 average typing speed.)
28363 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28364 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28365 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28366 the computed maximum threshold.
28368 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28369 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28370 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28371 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28372 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28374 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28378 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28379 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17843 45630))
28380 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28382 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28383 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28384 Works by overstriking underscores.
28385 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28386 which specify the range to operate on.
28388 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28390 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28391 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28392 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28393 which specify the range to operate on.
28395 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28399 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28400 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17843 45622))
28401 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28403 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28404 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28405 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28409 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28410 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28411 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28412 following the containing message.
28418 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28419 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
28420 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28422 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28423 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28424 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28425 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28426 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28427 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28431 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28432 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28434 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28438 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17843
28440 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28442 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28443 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28444 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28445 of symbols with local bindings.
28447 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28451 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28452 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17843 45630))
28453 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28455 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28456 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28457 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28459 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28460 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28461 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28462 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28463 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28464 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28466 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28467 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28468 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28470 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28471 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28472 the callback is not called).
28474 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28475 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28476 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28479 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28481 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28482 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28483 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28484 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28485 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28487 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28491 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28492 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17843 45630))
28493 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28495 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28496 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28497 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28499 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28500 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28501 `url-generic-parse-url'
28502 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28503 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28504 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28506 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28507 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28508 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28509 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28510 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28511 what type of auth to use
28512 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28513 if one cannot be found in the cache
28515 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28517 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28518 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28520 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28521 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28522 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28523 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28524 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28525 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28526 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28527 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28529 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28533 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28534 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17843
28536 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28538 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28539 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28541 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28543 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28544 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28546 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28548 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28549 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28551 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28553 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28554 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28556 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28560 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17843 45630))
28561 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28563 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28566 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28570 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28571 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17843 45630))
28572 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28574 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28577 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28579 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28582 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28586 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17843
28588 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28590 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28591 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28593 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28597 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28598 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17843 45630))
28599 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28601 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28602 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28606 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28607 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28608 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28609 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28610 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28612 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28616 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28617 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17843
28619 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28621 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28622 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28623 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28626 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28628 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28630 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28631 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28635 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28636 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28637 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28638 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28639 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28640 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28641 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28642 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28643 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28645 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28647 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28648 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28649 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28652 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28654 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28657 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28661 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28662 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17843 45630))
28663 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28665 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28666 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28667 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28668 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28669 CBARGS as the arguments.
28671 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28673 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28676 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28678 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28680 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28683 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28685 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28686 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28687 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28689 Property list members:
28692 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28696 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28700 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28703 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28706 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28707 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28708 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28711 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28713 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28714 Default HTTPS port.")
28716 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28717 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28719 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28720 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28721 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28722 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28723 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28727 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17843 45630))
28728 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28730 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28733 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28737 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17843
28739 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28741 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28742 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28743 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28744 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28745 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28747 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28751 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28752 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28753 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28755 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28758 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28760 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28761 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28763 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28767 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28768 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17843 45630))
28769 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28771 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28772 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28774 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28776 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28777 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28779 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28781 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28784 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28786 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28788 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28790 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28792 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28793 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28795 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28799 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28800 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28801 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28803 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28806 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28808 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28811 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28815 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28816 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28817 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28818 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28820 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28823 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28825 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28828 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28830 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28833 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28835 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28838 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28840 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28843 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28845 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28848 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28850 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28853 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28857 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28858 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17843 45630))
28859 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28861 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28862 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28864 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28866 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28867 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28869 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28871 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28875 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28876 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28877 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28879 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28880 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28886 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28887 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28888 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28889 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28890 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28891 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28892 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28893 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28895 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28896 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28897 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28899 If t, all messages will be logged.
28900 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28901 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28903 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28905 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28908 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28910 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28913 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28915 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28916 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28917 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28918 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28919 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28925 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28927 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28928 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28929 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28931 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28933 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28934 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28935 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28937 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28939 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28940 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28942 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28944 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28945 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28949 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28950 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28954 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28959 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28962 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28964 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28967 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28969 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28970 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28972 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28974 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28977 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28979 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28980 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28981 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28982 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28983 forbidden in URL encoding.
28985 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28987 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28988 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28989 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28990 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28991 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28992 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28994 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28996 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28997 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28998 If optional variable X is t,
28999 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29001 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29003 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29004 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29005 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29007 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29009 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29010 View the current document's URL.
29011 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29014 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29016 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29020 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29021 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17843 45612))
29022 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29024 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29025 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29026 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29027 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29028 to refrain from editing the file
29029 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29030 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29031 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29032 in any way you like.
29034 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29036 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29037 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29038 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29039 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29040 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29042 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29043 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29049 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29050 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29051 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
29052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29054 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29055 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29056 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29057 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29059 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29061 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29062 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29063 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29065 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29067 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29068 Uudecode region between START and END.
29069 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29071 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29075 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29076 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29077 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29078 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29079 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29080 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29081 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17843 45612))
29082 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29084 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29085 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29088 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29090 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29091 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29092 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29094 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29096 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29097 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29100 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29102 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29103 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29105 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29107 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29108 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29110 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29112 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29113 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29114 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29115 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29116 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29117 somebody else, signal error.
29119 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29121 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29122 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29123 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29124 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29125 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29127 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29129 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29130 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29131 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29132 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29133 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29134 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29135 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29136 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29137 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29138 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29139 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29140 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29142 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29144 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29145 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29147 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29148 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29150 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29151 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29152 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29153 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29154 lock steals will raise an error.
29156 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29158 For RCS and SCCS files:
29159 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29161 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29162 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29163 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29164 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29165 it performs a revert.
29166 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29167 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29168 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29169 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29170 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29171 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29172 the option to steal the lock.
29175 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29176 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29177 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29178 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29179 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29180 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29181 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29182 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29183 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29185 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29187 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29188 Register the current file into a version control system.
29189 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29190 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29192 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29193 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29194 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29195 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29196 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29197 first backend that could register the file is used.
29199 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29201 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29202 Display diffs between file versions.
29203 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29204 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29205 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29206 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29207 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29210 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29212 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29213 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29214 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29215 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29219 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29220 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29221 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29222 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29226 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29227 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29228 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29229 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29230 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29231 from the current branch.
29233 See Info node `Merging'.
29237 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29239 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29240 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29242 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29244 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29245 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29247 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29249 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29250 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29251 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29252 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29253 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29254 are checked out in that new branch.
29256 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29258 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29259 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29260 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29261 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29262 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29263 allowed and simply skipped).
29265 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29267 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29268 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29269 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29271 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29273 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29274 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29275 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29276 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29277 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29281 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29282 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29283 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29284 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29285 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29286 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29290 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29291 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29292 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29294 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29296 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29297 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29298 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29299 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29300 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29301 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29302 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29304 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29306 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29307 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29308 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29309 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29310 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29311 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29312 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29313 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29314 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29316 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29318 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29319 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29321 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29323 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29324 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29325 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29328 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29330 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29331 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29332 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29334 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29335 log entries should be gathered.
29337 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29339 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29340 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29342 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29343 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29344 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29345 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29346 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29347 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29349 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29350 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29351 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29352 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29353 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29354 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29355 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29356 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29358 Customization variables:
29360 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29361 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29362 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29363 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29365 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17843 45612))
29370 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29371 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29372 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29375 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17843 45612))
29380 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29381 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29382 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29383 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29385 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17843 45612))
29390 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29391 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29392 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29395 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29399 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29400 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
29401 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29403 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29404 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29405 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29407 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29408 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29412 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29413 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
29414 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29416 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29417 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29418 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29420 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29421 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29423 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29424 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29425 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29426 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17838 18033))
29431 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29432 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29433 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29434 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29437 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29438 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29439 (file-name-directory f)))
29441 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29443 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29447 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29448 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
29449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29451 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29452 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29457 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29458 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29459 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29460 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29461 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29462 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29463 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29464 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29465 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29467 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29468 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29469 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29470 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29472 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29473 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29474 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29475 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29476 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29478 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29479 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29483 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29484 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29485 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29489 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29490 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29491 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29492 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29494 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29495 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29496 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29497 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29498 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29502 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29503 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29504 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29505 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29507 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29508 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29509 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29510 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29511 beginning with \"std\").
29513 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29514 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29515 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29520 `--' puts a single comment.
29521 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29522 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29523 with a comment in between.
29524 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29525 out following lines.
29526 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29527 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29529 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29530 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29531 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29532 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29533 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29536 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29537 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29538 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29539 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29540 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29541 multi-line comments.
29545 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29546 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29547 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29548 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29550 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29551 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29552 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29553 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29555 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29556 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29559 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29560 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29564 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29565 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29566 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29567 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29568 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29569 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29570 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29571 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29573 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29574 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29575 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29576 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29577 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29580 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29581 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29582 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29584 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29585 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29589 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29590 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29591 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29592 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29593 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29594 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29597 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29598 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29599 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29600 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29603 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29607 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29608 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29609 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29610 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29611 internal signal initializations (menu).
29613 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29614 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29615 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29617 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29618 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29619 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29620 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29621 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29622 in subsequent paste operations.)
29624 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29625 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29626 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29629 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29630 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29631 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29632 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29633 association list with formals).
29636 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29637 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29638 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29639 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29640 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29641 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29642 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29643 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29648 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29652 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29656 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29657 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29658 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29660 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29661 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29664 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29665 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29666 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29667 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29669 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29670 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29671 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29673 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29674 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29675 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29676 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29678 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29679 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29680 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29681 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29682 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29684 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29685 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29686 required by secondary units.
29689 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29690 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29691 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29692 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29693 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29694 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29695 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29696 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29697 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29698 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29699 inputs to this component -> input port created
29700 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29701 outputs from this component -> output port created
29702 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29703 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29705 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29706 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29707 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29708 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29709 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29711 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29712 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29714 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29715 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29716 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29717 component instantiation is also supported (option
29718 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29720 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29721 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29722 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29723 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29724 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29725 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29726 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29727 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29728 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29729 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29730 | generating the configuration.
29732 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29733 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29734 | configurations in speedbar.
29736 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29739 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29740 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29741 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29742 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29743 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29744 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29745 information. New compilers can be added.
29747 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29748 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29751 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29752 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29753 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29754 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29755 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29757 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29760 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29761 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29762 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29764 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29765 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29766 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29767 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29768 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29769 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29770 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29773 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29774 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29775 not (yet) supported.
29776 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29777 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29778 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29782 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29783 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29784 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29785 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29786 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29787 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29788 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29789 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29791 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29792 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29793 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29794 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29795 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29796 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29797 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29798 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29799 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29800 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29801 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29805 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29806 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29807 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29808 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29809 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29810 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29811 current directory for VHDL source files.
29815 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29816 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29820 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29821 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29822 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29823 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29824 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29825 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29826 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29827 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29830 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29831 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29832 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29833 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29834 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29835 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29836 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29838 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29839 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29840 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29841 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29842 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29843 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29845 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29846 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29847 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29848 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29849 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29852 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29853 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29854 highlighted if written in lower case.
29856 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29857 highlighted using a different background color if option
29858 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29860 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29861 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29862 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29863 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29864 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29868 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29869 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29870 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29874 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29875 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29876 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29877 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29878 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29882 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29883 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29885 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29886 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29887 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29888 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29889 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29890 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29891 (used to obtain the port names).
29895 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29896 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29900 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29901 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29902 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29903 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29904 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29905 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29906 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29911 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29912 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29913 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29914 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29915 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29917 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29918 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29919 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29920 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29921 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29924 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29925 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29929 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29930 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29931 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29933 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29937 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29938 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29940 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29942 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29944 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29948 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29954 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29955 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29957 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29959 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29960 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29961 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29962 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29964 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29965 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29966 where the latest version can be found.
29972 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29973 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29974 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29977 The VHDL Mode Authors
29978 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29989 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17789 35159))
29990 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29992 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29993 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29994 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29995 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29997 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29998 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29999 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30000 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30001 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30003 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30004 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30006 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30008 * Limitations and unsupported features
30009 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30011 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30012 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30015 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30016 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30017 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30018 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30019 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30020 for undoing a repeated change command.
30021 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30022 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30023 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30026 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30027 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30028 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30029 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30030 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30031 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30032 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30033 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30035 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30041 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30042 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30043 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30044 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17843 45621))
30045 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30047 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30048 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30050 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30052 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30053 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30054 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30055 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30057 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30059 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30060 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30064 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30065 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30066 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30067 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30069 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30071 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30072 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30076 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30079 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30081 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30084 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30088 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30089 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30090 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17843
30092 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30094 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30095 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30096 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30097 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30099 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30101 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30102 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30103 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30104 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30105 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30106 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30107 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30109 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30113 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30114 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30115 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30116 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30117 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30118 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30119 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30120 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30122 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30126 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30127 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30128 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30129 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30130 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30131 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30132 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30133 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30135 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30139 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30140 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30141 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30142 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30143 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30144 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30145 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30147 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30149 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30150 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30151 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30153 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30155 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30156 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30157 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30158 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30159 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30160 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30161 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30162 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30164 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30166 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30167 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30168 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30170 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30172 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30173 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30174 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30175 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30176 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30177 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30178 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30179 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30181 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30183 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30184 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30185 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30187 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30189 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30190 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30191 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30193 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30194 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30195 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30198 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30199 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30200 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30201 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30202 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30204 H, h, ? This message.
30205 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30206 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30207 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30208 > move to the end of buffer.
30209 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30210 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30211 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30212 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30213 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30214 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30215 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30216 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30217 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30218 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30219 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30220 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30221 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30222 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30223 Use this to view a changing file.
30224 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30225 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30226 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30228 x exchanges point and mark.
30229 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30230 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30231 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30232 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30233 ' go to position saved in character register.
30234 s do forward incremental search.
30235 r do reverse incremental search.
30236 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30237 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30238 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30239 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30240 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30241 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30242 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30243 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30244 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30245 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30246 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30247 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30248 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30249 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30250 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30251 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30252 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30254 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30255 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30256 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30257 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30258 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30259 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30260 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30261 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30262 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30264 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30268 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30269 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30270 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30271 `view-return-to-alist'.
30272 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30273 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30274 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30276 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30277 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30278 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30279 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30280 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30282 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30283 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30284 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30285 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30287 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30289 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30291 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30293 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30294 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30300 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17843
30302 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30304 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30305 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30309 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30310 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30316 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30317 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
30318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30320 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30321 Toggle Viper on/off.
30322 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30326 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30327 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30333 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30334 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
30335 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30337 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30338 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30339 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30340 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30341 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30342 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30343 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30344 the beginning of the warning.")
30346 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30347 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30348 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30349 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30350 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30351 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30352 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30353 also call that function before the next warning.")
30355 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30356 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30358 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30359 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30360 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30361 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30363 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30364 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30365 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30366 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30367 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30368 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30370 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30371 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30372 Default is :warning.
30374 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30375 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30376 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30377 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30378 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30379 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30381 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30382 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30384 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30386 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30387 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30389 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30391 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30392 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30393 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30394 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30396 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30397 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30398 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30399 can be whatever you like.)
30401 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30402 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30404 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30405 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30406 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30407 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30408 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30410 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30412 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30413 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30414 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30415 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30416 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30418 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30422 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30423 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
30424 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30426 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30427 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30428 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30429 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30430 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30439 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17843 45625))
30440 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30442 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30443 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30445 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30448 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30455 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30456 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
30457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30458 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30459 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30461 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30463 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30464 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30465 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30466 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30467 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30468 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30470 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30472 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30473 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30474 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30475 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30477 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30484 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30485 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30486 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30487 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30488 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30489 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
30490 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30492 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30493 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30497 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30498 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30502 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30503 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30507 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30508 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30512 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30513 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30517 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30518 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30520 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30521 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30522 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30523 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30524 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30526 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30528 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30529 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30531 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30533 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30534 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30538 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30539 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30540 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30541 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30542 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30546 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30547 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30551 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30553 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30554 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30555 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30558 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30560 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30562 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30563 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30564 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30566 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30567 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30571 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30572 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30573 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30579 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30580 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17843 45612))
30581 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30583 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30584 Browse the widget under point.
30588 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30589 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30591 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30593 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30594 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30596 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30598 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30599 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30600 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30606 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30607 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17843
30609 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30611 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30612 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30614 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30616 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30617 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30618 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30620 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30622 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30623 Create widget of TYPE.
30624 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30626 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30628 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30631 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30633 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30634 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30636 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30638 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30640 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30641 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30642 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30644 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30645 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30651 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30652 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17843
30654 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30656 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30657 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30658 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30659 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30660 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30661 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30662 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30666 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30667 Select the window above the current one.
30668 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30669 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30670 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30671 negative ARG) of the current window.
30672 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30676 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30677 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30678 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30679 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30680 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30681 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30682 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30686 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30687 Select the window below the current one.
30688 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30689 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30690 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30691 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30692 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30696 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30697 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30698 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30699 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30701 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30705 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30706 ;;;;;; (17843 45613))
30707 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30709 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30710 Toggle Winner mode.
30711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30712 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30714 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30716 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30717 Toggle Winner mode.
30718 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30724 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30725 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17843 45613))
30726 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30728 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30729 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30730 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30731 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30732 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30733 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30734 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30735 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30737 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30738 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30740 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30742 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30743 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30747 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30748 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30749 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30750 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30751 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30752 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30753 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30754 `woman' command for further details.
30756 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30760 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30761 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
30762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30764 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30765 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30768 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30769 are not implemented
30770 - Options for search and replace
30771 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30772 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30774 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30777 The key bindings are:
30787 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30789 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30790 C-l ws-repeat-search
30793 C-r scroll-down-line
30800 C-y kill-complete-line
30803 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30804 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30805 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30806 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30807 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30808 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30809 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30810 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30811 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30812 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30813 C-k b ws-begin-block
30814 C-k c ws-copy-block
30815 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30817 C-k h ws-show-markers
30818 C-k i ws-indent-block
30820 C-k p ws-print-block
30823 C-k s save-some-buffers
30825 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30826 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30827 C-k v ws-move-block
30828 C-k w ws-write-block
30830 C-k y ws-delete-block
30832 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30833 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30834 C-o j justify-current-line
30837 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30838 C-o r set-fill-column
30839 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30840 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30841 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30842 C-o wo other-window
30843 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30845 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30846 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30847 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30848 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30849 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30850 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30851 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30852 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30853 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30854 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30855 C-q a ws-query-replace
30856 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30857 C-q c end-of-buffer
30860 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30862 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30863 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30864 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30865 C-q w ws-last-error
30867 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30873 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30874 ;;;;;; (17843 45613))
30875 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30877 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30878 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30879 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30880 Returns the top node with all its children.
30881 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30882 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30884 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30886 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30887 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30888 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30889 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30890 is not well-formed XML.
30891 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30892 and returned as the first element of the list.
30893 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30895 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30899 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17843
30901 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30903 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30904 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30905 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30906 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30907 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30908 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30910 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30912 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30913 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30914 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30916 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30917 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30918 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30919 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30920 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30921 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30927 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30928 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17843 45618))
30929 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30931 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30932 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30934 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30936 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30937 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30943 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30944 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17843 45626))
30945 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30947 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30948 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30950 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30952 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30953 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30955 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30957 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30958 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30959 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30961 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30963 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30964 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30970 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17843 45626))
30971 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30973 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30974 Zone out, completely.
30980 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30981 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30982 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30983 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30984 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30985 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30986 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30987 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30988 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30989 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30990 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30991 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30992 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30993 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30994 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30995 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30996 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30997 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30998 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30999 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31000 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31001 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31002 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31003 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31004 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31005 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31006 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31007 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31008 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
31009 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31010 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31011 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31012 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31013 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31014 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31015 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31016 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31017 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
31018 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31019 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31020 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31021 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31022 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31023 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31024 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31025 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31026 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31027 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
31028 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31029 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31030 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31031 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31032 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31033 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31034 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31035 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31036 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31037 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31038 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31039 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31040 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31041 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31042 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31043 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31044 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31045 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31046 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31047 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31048 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31049 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31050 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31051 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31052 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31053 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31054 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31055 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31056 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31057 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31058 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31059 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31060 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31061 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31062 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31063 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31064 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31065 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31066 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31067 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31068 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31069 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31070 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31071 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31072 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31073 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31074 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31075 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31076 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31077 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31078 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31079 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31080 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31081 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31082 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31083 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
31084 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31085 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "patcomp.el"
31086 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
31087 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31088 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31089 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31090 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31091 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31092 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31093 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31094 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31095 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31096 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31097 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31098 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/apollo.el"
31099 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
31100 ;;;;;; "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el"
31101 ;;;;;; "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el"
31102 ;;;;;; "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31103 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31104 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31105 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31106 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31107 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31108 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31109 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31110 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
31111 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
31112 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
31113 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17845 23032 619212))
31117 ;; Local Variables:
31118 ;; version-control: never
31119 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31120 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31122 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here